Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / TopBuild

TopBuild

bld · ASX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker bld
Exchange ASX
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · TopBuild
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Boral Limited 
Annual Report 2011

Reinforcing the core

CONTENT

BORAL  
LIMITED

Financial highlights 2011 

Group overview 

Chairman’s review 2011 

Chief Executive’s review 2011 

The Building Blocks of Growth 

Sales and Marketing Excellence 

Boral Production System 

Innovation 

Construction Materials 

Building Products 

Cement 

USA 

Financial review 2011 

Sustainability in Boral 

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Directors’ Report 

2011 Remuneration Report 

Financial statements 

Shareholder information 

Financial history 

1

2

4

6

10

12

14

15

16

18

20

22

24

28

34

36

43

48

63

138

140

Financial calendar 

inside back cover

Boral Limited is an 
international building and 
construction materials 
group, headquartered in 
Sydney, Australia. With 
leading market positions, 
Boral’s core businesses are 
Cement and Construction 
Materials in Australia; 
Plasterboard in Australia 
and Asia; and Bricks, 
Roof Tiles and Masonry in 
Australia and the USA.

Boral Limited
ABN 13 008 421 761

Level 39, AMP Centre
50 Bridge Street, Sydney NSW 2000
GPO Box 910, Sydney NSW 2001
Telephone: (02) 9220 6300
International: +61 2 9220 6300
Facsimile: (02) 9233 6605
International: +61 2 9233 6605
Internet: www.boral.com.au
Email: info@boral.com.au

Stock Exchange Listing
Australian Securities Exchange

Share Registry
c/- Link Market Services
Level 12
680 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000
Locked Bag A14,
Sydney South NSW 1235
Telephone: (02) 8280 7133
International: +61 2 8280 7133
Facsimile: (02) 9287 0303
International: +61 2 9287 0303
Internet: www.linkmarketservices.com.au
Email: registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
2011

01
 01

•	 Full year revenue2 up 4% to $4.7 billion

•	 Underlying profit after tax1, 2 up 20% to $173 million

•	

•	

•	

•	

• 

 Net profit after tax2 increased to $166 million from  
$19 million loss last year

	Strong second half recovery from Construction 
Materials 

 Agreed to acquire Wagners quarry and concrete 
operations for $173 million

 Agreed to acquire Sunshine Coast Quarries  
for $81.5 million 

 August 2011 announcement of agreement to  
acquire Lafarge’s 50% interest in LBGA for equity 
value $530 million

“I am pleased to announce 
results at the top end of 
previous guidance, especially 
in light of weather related 
difficulties and the second 
half softening of residential 
building in the United States 
and Australia.”

•  Reported earnings per share1 up 10% to 24.4 cents

Mark Selway, Chief Executive

• 

Increased dividend to 14.5 cents

Revenue2

$4.7b

Up 4%

Profit after tax1,2

$173m

Up 20%

Revenue2 breakdown by division 

Construction  
Materials 
49%

Other
Businesses
6%

USA
9%

Cement 
12%

Building  
Products 
25%

1. Excluding significant items.

2. From continuing operations.

02
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

GROUP OVERVIEW

CONSTRUCTION 
MATERIALS

CEMENT

BUILDING PRODUCTS

Core business
Boral Construction Materials (BCM) is 
an integrated business supplying quarry 
materials, concrete and asphalt. BCM  
also manages a property operation and  
an integrated transport business.

Core business
Boral’s Cement division is a leading 
supplier of cement, lime and fly ash in 
Australia, and of concrete, quarry and pipe 
products in Indonesia and Thailand.

Core business
Boral Building Products is a leading 
supplier of plasterboard, bricks, roofing 
and masonry products and timber in 
Australia, and of plasterboard in Asia 
through a 50% owned joint venture, LBGA.

■  Concrete
■  Asphalt
■  Quarries
■  Other

■  Cement
■  Asian Construction Materials

■  Clay & Concrete Products
■  Plasterboard
■  Timber

Main markets
Almost 50% of BCM’s business is 
undertaken in the Australian engineering 
and infrastructure segments, more 
specifically roads, highways, bridges and 
sub-divisions. BCM’s remaining revenues 
are derived from the Australian dwelling 
and non-dwelling building segments.

Achievements of the year
BCM successfully supplied several large 
infrastructure projects, with record profits 
delivered in the year. Strong cost and price 
disciplines resulted in improved profits. 
The Dunnstown quarry investment was 
completed on time and on budget.

Strategic priorities
Margin growth through price discipline and 
LEAN program efficiency gains. Investment 
of around $200m in the Peppertree quarry 
near Marulan to underpin Boral’s leading 
position in the Sydney aggregates market. 
Integration and successful development of 
Wagners Construction Materials business 
and Sunshine Coast Concrete and 
Quarries, assuming ACCC approvals, will 
be a significant FY2012 priority.

Main markets
More than half of Cement division revenues 
are derived from the Australian residential, 
non-dwelling and infrastructure markets. 
The remaining part of the business is  
reliant on construction materials markets  
in Indonesia and Thailand.

Main markets
The Building Products division relies 
primarily on new housing construction 
in Australia, including alterations and 
additions. In Asia, plasterboard is sold into 
the dwelling and non-dwelling markets in 
nine countries in South East Asia.

Achievements of the year
Full year revenue was above last year’s 
reflecting improved market conditions in 
Thailand and Indonesia and increased 
construction activity in Australia. EBIT 
was up 9%, reflecting a normal cycle of 
production following kiln shutdowns for 
inventory reduction in the prior year.

Strategic priorities
Priorities are to maximise the 
potential of the Asian Construction 
Materials businesses. The division will 
strengthen the business through LEAN 
manufacturing initiatives and innovative 
product development.

Achievements of the year
Building Products was impacted by 
declines in residential construction, and 
reduced government stimulus work in 
FY2011. The Queensland plasterboard 
plant performed strongly, and the new 
masonry plant in Perth is substantially 
commissioned. LBGA started new 
production lines at Baoshan (China) and 
Saraburi (Thailand).

Strategic priorities
Focus is on completing the implementation 
of a new streamlined organisational 
structure and maximising the potential of 
all businesses, particularly Clay & Concrete 
Products. Investment priorities include an 
$80m upgrade of Boral’s Plasterboard 
facility in Victoria and the successful 
integration of Lafarge’s share of LBGA.

1

.

4

4

.

3

1
.
4

Construction Materials 
Revenue and earnings

1
.
4

1
.
4

Cement 
Revenue and earnings

1
.
4

1
.
4

Building Products 
Revenue and earnings

4
.
3

Sales  
revenue  
$m

5
7
2
,
2

9
1
1
,
2

EBIT1 
$m

1
0
2

4
0
2

4
.
3

4
.
3

Sales  
revenue  
$m

4
.
3

EBIT1 
$m

0
4
5

2
1
5

6
9

8
8

4
.
3

Sales  
revenue  
$m

6
0
2
,
1

0
5
1
,
1

EBIT1 
$m

1
0
1

4
8

0
1

1
1

0
1

1
1

0
1

1
1

0
1

1
1

0
1

1
1

0
1

1
1

1. Before significant items.

 03

USA

OTHER  
BUSINESSES

Core business
Boral today enjoys the number one position 
in bricks, and in clay and concrete roof tiles 
and has leading positions in construction 
materials in Oklahoma and Colorado and in 
stone veneer.

Core business
Following divestments of precast panels 
and Boral Formwork & Scaffolding, 
Boral’s other businesses consist of Dowell 
Windows and DeMartin & Gasparini (DMG) 
concrete placing.

■  Cladding
■  Construction Materials & Flyash
■  Roofing

■  Windows
■  De Martin & Gasparini

Main markets 
Two thirds of US related revenues are 
derived from the residential building 
market, with the remainder attributable to 
the commercial markets and infrastructure 
construction activity.

Main markets 
The Dowell Windows business consists 
of 14 fabrication operations servicing 
the Australian housing market. DMG 
largely services Sydney’s non-residential 
construction market.

Achievements of the year 
Despite challenging markets with 
further volume declines, the operational 
performance of Bricks and Roof Tiles 
improved on the prior year as cost 
reduction initiatives took effect. The 
remaining 50% of the Concrete Roof Tile 
joint venture, MonierLifetile, was integrated 
in the year, with synergies exceeding 
expectations.

Strategic priorities
Boral will continue to invest in the US 
business in preparation for market recovery 
and growth. Concrete and Clay Roof Tiles 
have been consolidated to form Boral 
Roofing, with plans to deliver benefits from a 
One Boral strategy. Maximising the potential 
of US Construction Materials and Fly Ash 
is a strategic priority as is the successful 
integration of Boral’s 50% share in  
Cultured Stone.

Achievements of the year 
Revenue was 3% below last year’s, with 
Windows revenue and profits down due 
to a second half slow-down in residential 
housing. In DMG, revenue was lower, while 
profitability remained equivalent due to 
large contracts which were completed in 
the first half, offsetting lower activity in  
the second half.

Strategic priorities
Key priorities are to position the Concrete 
Placing business to benefit from a recovery 
in commercial construction activity in New 
South Wales. Maximising the potential of 
the Windows business and successfully 
commercialising our new range of energy 
conserving window designs is a key 
Windows priority.

1

.

4

4

.

3

1
.
4

USA 
Revenue and earnings

1
.
4

1
.
4

Other Businesses 
Revenue and earnings

4
.
3

EBIT1 
$m

1
3
4

0
1

1
1

4
.
3

Sales  
revenue  
$m

4
6
3

4
.
3

Sales  
revenue  
$m

4
9
2

6
8
2

EBIT1 
$m

6

8

0
1

1
1

)
4
0
1
(

)
9
9
(

0
1

1
1

0
1

1
1

New branding features on a Construction 
Materials vehicle, Boral Plasterboard, a 
new Boral Cement tanker, a US product 
display centre featuring Cultured Stone, 
house project using Dowell thermally-
efficient window and door products.

04
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

REINFORCING THE CORE
CHAIRMAN’S REVIEW 2011

Dr Bob Every, Chairman

Despite difficult weather, economic and market 
conditions experienced throughout the year, Boral made 
good progress during FY2011. Our strategy is focused 
on improving the productivity of our existing operations, 
developing best in class products and concentrating on 
those markets where we can establish leading positions. 

FY2011 was a year of building on the 
established foundations of the Group, with 
an overarching objective and strategy tied 
to transforming Boral’s business portfolio 
to highly focused leadership positions in 
attractive growth markets.

Overview
FY2011 again reflected the impact of global 
economic conditions on the performance 
of the Group. Continued uncertainty in the 
United States and a dramatic slow-down in 
residential housing in Australia, combined 
with adverse weather conditions throughout 
much of the east coast of Australia had an 
impact, particularly on the second half of 
the year.

The Group’s strategy, which was 
announced to the market in July 2010, 
continued to take form and, despite 
difficult market conditions, productivity 
improvements were implemented and 
had a positive impact on the Group’s 
performance in the year.

During the year, my Board and I have 
visited many of the Group’s operations, 
and I am pleased to report that there is a 
great deal of progress and enthusiasm for 
our program to improve the manufacturing 
and sales activities of the Group. The 
fundamentals are being reinforced by 
a structured program of improvement 
methods aimed at growing productivity 
and customer services.

Financial performance
Revenue from continuing operations was 
4% up at A$4.7b ($4.5b in FY2010). 
Underlying earnings from continuing 
operations (before significant items) 
showed a 20% increase to $173m  
($145m in FY2010). Earnings per share 
increased to 24.4c (22.1c in 2010).

There were several separate items with a 
net pre-tax cost totalling $43m which were 
classified as significant in FY2011. Charges 
of $53m arose from the write-down of the 
asset values of several poorly performing 

FY2011 key announcements

6 July 2010 
Boral announces the completion of 
a comprehensive strategic review of 
Boral’s business portfolio, operations 
and structures, together with the 
MonierLifetile acquisition, a capital 
raising of approximately $490m to 
finance growth and to strengthen 
the balance sheet, and $289m of 
impairments.

4 and 17 August 2010 
On 4 August Boral announces the 
sale of Precast Panels to Brickworks 
Ltd for $15m and on 17 August Boral 
announces the sale of Formwork & 
Scaffolding to Anchorage Capital 
for $35m. These divestments are 
in line with Boral’s strategy to focus 
investments where Boral has or is 
establishing a leading market position. 

6 August 2010 
Boral successfully completes its 
retail entitlement offer with a Retail 
Bookbuild price of $4.25 per share 
versus the underwritten issue price of 
$4.10. Retail shareholders subscribed 
with a participation rate of ~40%. 
The Institutional Entitlement Offer is 
successfully completed on 8 July 
2010, raising ~A$280m with 92% 
participation rate. 

21 December 2010 
Boral announces that it has reached 
an agreement for the acquisition in 
two stages of Cultured Stone, the 
leading stone veneer company in 
North America. The first stage is 
the acquisition of a 50% interest for 
US$45m with management control. 
The second stage, acquiring the 
remaining 50% interest not owned 
by Boral, will be completed in early 
2014 for a multiple of 7.0 times 50% 
of CY2013 EBITDA, subject to a 
minimum of US$45m.

 05

People
On behalf of the Board, I want to thank 
the Chief Executive, Mark Selway, his 
executive team and our 15,227 employees 
around the world for their commitment, 
tireless energy and focus in what has been 
another tough year. 

I am confident they will show continued 
dedication to our operational initiatives 
and that their significant achievements 
in FY2011 will grow to deliver further 
progress in the year ahead as we continue 
to improve our competitiveness and forge 
new and stronger customer relationships.

Finally, I would like to thank our 
shareholders who continue to support our 
strategy and potential. The Group has in 
place the right strategy and the required 
depth of expertise to deliver progressively 
improving returns as our planned initiatives 
move forward.

Dr Bob Every 
Chairman

businesses and $9m of costs associated 
with the Group’s recent acquisitions. These 
costs were largely offset by favourable tax 
and insurance outcomes related to the 
Group’s Australian activities. 

In Australia, we announced two quarry 
and concrete acquisitions which, subject 
to regulatory approvals, will position the 
Group’s Construction Materials division 
as the leading supplier in the Queensland 
market.

Cash flow from operations at $351m was 
$108m lower than that of the previous 
year, including a $97m increase in working 
capital. The year ended with a net debt 
position of $505m, showing a $678m 
improvement from the previous year (net 
debt $1.2b in FY2010) due to the July 
2010 capital raising and the benefits of 
favourable exchange translation of the 
Group’s US borrowings. 

The Board has resolved to pay a final 
dividend of 7.0c per share making a total 
distribution for the year of 14.5c (13.5c in 
FY2010).

Strategy and structure
In its first full year, our program of 
operational and strategic change is making 
good progress. The initial work from our 
LEAN and Sales and Marketing Excellence 
programs is being used to focus our efforts 
on improvements which provide the best 
short term opportunity to deliver margin, 
earnings and cash flow improvement 
in the face of the current uncertain 
market conditions. In August 2010, we 
announced the divestments of non-core 
Panels and Scaffolding businesses, which 
helped improve the focus of the Group 
and released financial and management 
resources to concentrate on the operational 
and strategic development of the business.

Growth investments included the acquisition 
of the remaining 50% of Boral’s US 
concrete roof tile business, MonierLifetile, 
and a 50% share of Cultured Stone, which 
has a leading position in the United States 
housing and commercial construction 
markets. The balance of 50% of Cultured 
Stone will be acquired following the close of 
calendar year 2013.

After the financial year end, in August, we 
announced the acquisition of Lafarge’s 50% 
share of our Asian plasterboard business, 
LBGA. The business commands leadership 
positions throughout Asia and includes 
20 modern, well equipped facilities with 
sufficient installed capacity to support 
further growth. We are excited about the 
prospects for this acquisition and expect 
to close the transaction prior to the end of 
December 2011. 

Our focus for FY2012 is to ensure that the 
changes we have initiated are successfully 
implemented to yield their full potential. 

The Group’s operating strategies and new 
acquisitions provide good prospects for 
profitable growth, and our immediate focus 
must be to integrate the new businesses 
and deliver promised improvements from 
our existing operations. Shareholders can 
be confident that our recent acquisition 
work is absolutely aligned with the business 
strategy outlined in July 2010 and that our 
portfolio is significantly more focused as  
a result.

The Board
Roland Williams, who had been a non-
executive Director since 1999, chose not 
to seek re-election at the Annual General 
Meeting in November 2010. His wise and 
helpful counsel during his time in office 
was of immense value to the Group and I 
would like to personally thank Roland for 
his contribution.

In September 2010, Catherine Brenner 
joined the Board as a non-executive 
Director. Ms Brenner’s career has included 
working as a solicitor, followed by 10 years 
at ABN Amro, where she was Managing 
Director, Investment Banking.

Post year end announcements

9 February 2011 
Boral announces a net profit after tax 
from continuing operations for the 
six months to 31 December 2010 
of $94m, a 28% increase on the 
prior year, in light of weather related 
difficulties. Boral expects its full year 
net profit after tax to be between 
$160m and $175m.

15 April 2011 
Boral announces it has reached 
an agreement to acquire Wagners 
Construction Materials assets in 
Queensland for $173m. Completion 
remains subject to clearance from the 
ACCC and the finalisation of remaining 
due diligence and procedural issues. 
The transaction is expected to be 
completed in the second half of 
calendar year 2011. 

19 July 2011 
Boral announces it has reached an 
agreement to acquire the quarry 
and concrete assets of Sunshine 
Coast Quarries in Queensland for 
$81.5m. Completion remains subject 
to clearance from the ACCC and 
the finalisation of certain procedural 
issues. The transaction is expected 
to be completed in the second half of 
calendar year 2011.

17 August 2011 
Boral announces it has agreed to 
acquire Lafarge’s 50% interest in the 
joint venture Lafarge Boral Gypsum 
in Asia Sdn Bhd (LBGA) for €429m 
(A$598m) on an enterprise value basis. 
After adjusting for net debt and non-
controlling interests, the acquisition 
equity value is €380m (A$530m). The 
transaction is expected to be completed 
by the end of calendar year 2011 and is 
subject to finalisation of arrangements 
relating to intellectual property and 
transitional services.

06
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

BUILDING SOMETHING GREAT
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW 2011

All of the Group’s businesses were robustly managed 
during the year with the implementation of actions to 
improve competitiveness and grow shareholder returns. 
One of the Group’s great strengths is the spirit and 
determination of our people.

Group Executive (pictured) 
From left to right: Murray Read (Construction Materials), 
Mike Kane (USA), Ross Batstone (Building Products),
Mark Selway (Chief Executive), Mike Beardsell (Cement),
Warren Davison (Construction Related Businesses).

 07

I remain pleased with the Group’s progress in FY2011 as our clearly defined 
strategy for operational excellence and sector leading performance progressed 
with increasing purpose and determination.

The decisive steps taken by our management team to improve productivity and 
focus attention on attractive and growing sectors produced stronger results 
despite the economic uncertainties and acute weather conditions experienced in 
the year.

All of the Group’s businesses were robustly managed during the year with the 
implementation of actions to improve our competitiveness and grow shareholder 
returns.

One of the Group’s great strengths is the spirit and determination of our people. 
We recognise that each of our employees makes a real difference in our ability 
to satisfy customers and deliver growing returns to our shareholders, and I thank 
them all for their significant contribution in the year.

Laying the Foundations
In 2010, the Group took a fresh look at our longer term vision and developed 
strategies to become a leading global supplier of building and construction 
materials while producing consistent financial performance in products and 
geographies which offer superior growth and financial returns.

Since then, we have reorganised the business into four core divisions, each 
with a clearly defined roadmap to achieve and progressively deliver Sector Best 
Performance and superior customer service.

Our Construction Materials and Cement divisions performed well, growing 
their already significant market positions while moving forward with operational 
improvements and internally generated synergies which produced increased 
earnings despite considerable weather related difficulties experienced in the year.

Our Building Products businesses experienced demanding weather and 
residential building declines which necessitated the closure and rationalisation of 
a number of under-utilised and lower growth operations. The division is now well 
positioned to deliver improved returns and performance as and when market 
conditions improve. New product launches, improved operational efficiencies and 
more focused product portfolios aimed at the most attractive markets provide 
solid foundations to deliver stronger financial performance in the year ahead.

I remain pleased with the 
Group’s progress in FY2011 
as our clearly defined strategy 
for operational excellence and 
sector leading performance 
progressed with increasing 
purpose and determination.

As predicted, the United States market continued to experience a tough trading 
environment due to the continued deterioration in the United States residential 
housing market. Actions taken by our management team to control costs and 
deliver acquisition synergies ahead of expectations, combined with a more 
favourable translation of US losses, contributed to an improved performance when 
compared to the prior year.

Revenue2

$4.7b

Up 4%

Our joint venture Plasterboard operations, LBGA, performed well in FY2011, with 
increased turnover and equivalent operating profit despite unfavourable currency 
impacts during the year. The leadership position in the supply of plasterboard and 
associated interior lining products places the business well for continued progress 
in the future.

Reinforcing the Core
The Group’s success across a large number of key operational, financial, health 
and safety and business development measures in FY2011 reinforces our core 
belief that operational improvements provide the best short term potential to 
deliver the earnings and competitive improvements which are key to our future 
financial objectives and aspirations for growth.

Profit after tax1,2

$173m

Up 20%

1. Excluding significant items.

2. From continuing operations.

08
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

Building Something Great
Chief Executive’s review 2011  
Continued

In FY2011, we initiated actions 
to improve productivity in our 
existing operations and to focus 
on those activities and markets 
where Boral has a realistic 
ambition to lead.

Pursuing operational excellence
During the year, we were able to move forward with our objective for operational 
excellence, building on the foundations laid in 2010. The Boral Production System 
includes a range of tools targeted at eliminating inefficiencies, reducing downtime 
and sharing best practice across the Group.

The Group made good progress in the year and delivered significant benefits 
across our operations with plant utilisation, downtime reductions and reduced 
scrap, while engaging employees in our ambition to streamline our processes  
and deliver world class products to our customers.

Pursuit of sales and marketing excellence
The Boral Sales and Marketing Excellence program aims to build the commercial 
capabilities and leverage the products and geographic scale of the Group.

By providing closer interdivisional linkages, it allows the Group to provide more 
integrated and comprehensive solutions to our customers.

During the year, we made sound progress, with cross divisional sales forums 
generating significant actions and bringing greater clarity and discipline to  
pricing across the Group.

Building an innovation culture
The Boral Innovation program was fully developed and rolled out through the 
United States, which has historically delivered more breakthrough technology than 
we have achieved in Australia.

The Innovation program now provides increased discipline in the selection and 
review of new innovation projects, prioritising those which provide the most 
significant impact on our markets and financials. In the United States, we piloted 
a program to train employees in the skills associated with deliberate, innovative 
thinking, and following its success in that region, will roll it out in Australia and Asia.

In Australia, we completed a review of our current projects and prioritised those 
with the most potential using the same tools and processes which were created 
in North America. This work now forms the basis for an improved structure and a 
more disciplined approach in our research activities.

Health, safety and environment
During the year and despite a net improvement in the Group’s Lost Time Injury 
statistic, the Group recognised the need to develop the tools to take the next 
steps in an ambition for a zero accident workplace.

The Executive formed a health and safety committee including all the Divisional 
Managing Directors and chaired by myself. This committee has worked to oversee 
the development of a new national health and safety system which will initially be 
rolled out across New South Wales before a wider launch through the Group.

The Group will also capitalise on the excellent work undertaken in the United 
States (which radically improved its Lost Time Injury results in the year), to use its 
foundations to introduce iCARE across the Australian operations. iCARE involves a 
structured program to engage employees in the active pursuit of improvement  
in the Group’s safety cultures.

 09

Now in its second year, 
the Group’s operational 
excellence initiative gained 
significant momentum, with 
the cornerstones of LEAN now 
firmly embedded throughout 
Boral operations.

Pursuing growth
The achievement of our goals starts with strong leadership positions in attractive 
and growing markets, and the Group’s corporate activities continued to pursue 
opportunities to align the portfolio with those activities which underpin the future  
of the Group.

In FY2011, the Group made significant progress in these activities, including 
the appointment of Matt Coren, who now heads up our business development 
activities. Matt has considerable experience in deal making, with specific skills in 
the building materials sector, and brings terrific commercial talent to the Group.

During the year, the Group undertook a number of significant transactions which 
will all contribute to the future success of Boral. We divested the non-core 
scaffolding and concrete panel businesses in the first quarter of FY2011, and  
used the proceeds to help fund a number of acquisitions in areas which are core 
to the Group.

In July 2010, we acquired the balance of shares in MonierLifetile and in December 
added a 50% share of Cultured Stone, which has a leading position in the United 
States residential stone market.

In Australia, we announced the acquisition, subject to regulatory approval, of 
Wagners Construction Materials business and Sunshine Coast Quarries, both 
excellent additions to our Australian construction materials in the high growth 
Queensland markets.

Our 17 August announcement of the acquisition of Lafarge’s 50% share of LBGA, 
our joint venture plasterboard business in Asia, was a further exciting development 
for the Group, and I am confident it will have a meaningful positive impact on the 
growth and financial performance of Boral.

Prospects
The Group’s strategy remains on track with an ambition to deliver Sector 
Best Performance while investing in great new products and expanding into 
strategically important markets.

The current global economic outlook provides an uncertain platform for the year 
ahead, with poor housing statistics evident in both Australia and the United States. 
In contrast, both Construction Materials and Cement in Australia are expecting 
major projects from the resource, commercial construction and infrastructure 
markets to provide a positive flow of new work during FY2012.

While the sluggish residential market conditions particularly in the second half of 
FY2011 are expected to continue into FY2012, the Group is well positioned even 
in these difficult market conditions. The actions taken in FY2011 provide a strong 
platform for increased growth and earnings when external conditions improve.

Mark Selway 
Chief Executive

10

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

THE BUILDING BLOCKS  
OF GROWTH

In FY2010, we reorganised the business into 
four core divisions to capitalise on the Group’s 
capabilities and to better address the markets in 
which we operate.

In FY2011, we initiated actions to improve 
productivity in our existing operations and to 
focus on those activities and markets where Boral 
has a realistic ambition to lead.

1. 
LAyING THE 
FOUNDATIONS

Review and respond, creating a 
strong platform for growth

Key activities
•	 Sale of non-core scaffolding and panels 
businesses delivers improved results in 
FY2011.  

•	 Closure and consolidation of  

non-profitable brick and masonry 
operations in New South Wales  
and Queensland.

•	 Closure of lower growth, low return 

country New South Wales concrete and 
quarry operations.

•	 Permanent closure of two high cost, 

lower efficiency mothballed brick plants 
in the United States.

•	 Closure of flood damaged plywood 

timber operation in Ipswich, Queensland. 

 11

2.   
REINFORCING  
THE CORE

3.   
INVESTING  
FOR GROWTH

4.   
SECTOR BEST 
PERFORMANCE 

Focus and improve assets  
where Boral can be market 
leader

Expand and invest, through 
acquisition and portfolio 
development worldwide

Realising Sector Best 
Performance and market  
leading returns

Key achievements
•	 Delivered improved profit and returns, 
despite economic and market head-
winds. 

•	 Boral Production System gaining 

momentum and leading to improved 
operational performance across the 
Group’s operations.

•	 Change Action Network introduced 

to provide a Group-wide structure to 
leverage scale and drive improvements 
across geographic and divisional 
boundaries.

•	 Sales and Marketing Excellence  

initiative delivers record orders from  
inter-divisional collaboration.

Key achievements
•	 Boral Production System implemented 
across all Group operations, engaging 
the entire workforce in a structured 
program to improve productivity and 
increase competitiveness. 

Key achievements
•	 Successful on-time and on-budget 

commissioning of Boral’s Dunnstown 
quarry in Victoria, Australia, delivering 
lower cost, higher yield resources in a 
market gearing for growth. 

•	 The Group’s Sales and Marketing 

Excellence program provides closer 
inter-divisional links to allow Boral 
to provide more integrated and 
comprehensive solutions to customers.  

•	 The Group introduced improved 

structure to its innovation framework. 
In the United States and Australia, 
significant advances were achieved, 
including prioritising key projects and 
resourcing to those opportunities with 
the greatest potential for success.

•	 The Group’s systems and control 

environment were significantly enhanced 
in the year. A new Internal Audit team, 
improved site-based risk monitoring 
and Group-wide health and safety 
procedures are fundamental to the 
Group’s continued success.

•	 Plasterboard’s $80m expansion in 
Victoria continued on plan and on 
budget for volume production in the first 
half of 2013. 

•	 The Board approved the investment 
of $200m in the Group’s greenfield 
Peppertree quarry in New South Wales.  
Production is planned for the first half of 
FY2014. 

•	 In July 2010, the Group acquired the 

balance of shares in MonierLifetile and 
delivered synergies and results ahead of 
planned expectations.

•	 In December 2010, the Group acquired 

management control of and a 50% 
interest in Cultured Stone, the United 
States’ leading synthetic stone product.

•	 In the final quarter of FY2011, the 

Group announced, subject to regulatory 
approvals, the acquisition of Wagner’s 
concrete and quarry businesses and  
in July 2011 the acquisition of  
Sunshine Coast concrete and  
quarry operations.

•	 August 2011 announcement  
of acquisition of Lafarge  
share of LBGA.

12

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

SALES AND MARKETING  
EXCELLENCE

In FY2011, the Group’s Sales and Marketing Excellence 
program gathered significant momentum and is building 
a strong foundation to achieve leadership positions in our 
chosen markets. 

Better products
Boral products and systems for the 
building and construction industry 
are designed in collaboration with our 
customers, and driven by their needs 
and priorities. The Group’s extensive 
product range offers a wide choice of 
specification and specialisation, giving 
customers more flexibility to respond to 
new opportunities, the latest trends and 
changing regulations. Boral products 
are environmentally certified where 
appropriate and backed by excellent 
technical and support services.

BUILD
The development of Boral’s BUILD program 
will form the centre stage for increasing 
the awareness of capabilities of the Group 
and building a common framework for 
communication.

SALES AND MARKETING  

EXCELLENCE

 13

The Sales and Marketing Excellence 
Committee is chaired by Murray Read, 
Divisional Managing Director of the Group’s 
Construction Materials division, and 
includes representatives from each division 
and regional executives who are focused 
on building channels for collaboration 
across the Group.

In FY2011, this team developed the 
framework to improve the effectiveness 
and efficiency of the Group’s sales and 
marketing organisations. We started 
the year by benchmarking our current 
capabilities and developing a skills and 
training plan to improve customer service 
and leverage the scale and geographic 
breadth of the Group.

Interdivisional regional forums were 
introduced to improve collaboration and 
better service markets where multiple 
products and solutions provide a 
competitive advantage to the Group.

The Group’s Customer Relations 
Management System was also a focus 
for FY2011, and significant improvements 
were achieved in its accessibility and 
relevance to the organisation as a whole.

Our ambition in FY2012 is to leverage 
the improvements achieved to date and 
introduce Group-wide monitoring of our 
sales effectiveness and training initiatives 
to ensure that the benefits are fully 
exploited and results delivered.

Key achievements
•	 Established interdivisional and regional 
sales and marketing forums to improve 
collaboration.

•	 Completed Group-wide benchmarking 
of sales effectiveness and established 
roadmap for improvement.

•	 Substantial upgrade to Boral’s Customer 
Relations Management System to better 
service customers.

•	 Introduced Group-wide Boral branding 
and marketing standards to improve 
alignment and encourage collaboration.

•	 Significantly increased orders resulting 
from interdivisional leads and across-
Group collaboration.

Unrivalled value
We are committed to helping 
our customers do more for less 
and compete more effectively 
in a challenging and contracting 
environment. Our focus on 
affordability is central to achieving 
this. At a time when the building 
and construction industry is facing 
higher costs in many areas, we are 
determined to demonstrate that 
by cutting waste and focusing on 
efficiency we can provide solutions 
that save time, reduce both capital 
cost and total cost of ownership, and 
minimise the risks to your business.

Investing for growth
Boral’s track record for investing  
on behalf of our customers goes 
beyond product development 
to include the way in which our 
solutions are marketed, packaged 
and delivered worldwide. We 
work jointly with academic and 
commercial researchers, as well as 
with our customers, to develop the 
next generation of materials and 
technologies that underpin growth in 
your industry. If you have a problem 
that is holding you back, or a specific 
technical challenge requiring a new 
solution, why not talk to Boral?

Lifelong solutions 
Today’s building and construction 
industry is under increasing pressure 
to take responsibility for the 
ecological and social impacts of its 
operations, as well as to take a lead 
in delivering a more sustainable built 
environment for the future. From 
lower carbon products to life cycle 
assessment, community engagement 
and a genuine commitment to 
recycling and re-use, we are rising to 
the challenge, helping our customers 
and their clients respond to change, 
both regulatory and climatic.

Delighted customers
Boral has a reputation for successful 
long term relationships with some of 
the leading building and construction 
companies in Australia and the rest 
of the world. We have a terrific, 
customer-facing workforce, who 
work on a daily basis to satisfy our 
customers. We aim to be easy to do 
business with, open, approachable 
and honest, and we have invested 
in e-commerce and credit systems 
that simplify ordering, invoicing 
and logistics. Most importantly, our 
actions are based on listening to our 
customers, both in our own backyard 
and around the world. Together, we 
can build something great.

14

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

LEAN   
BUILDING OPERATIONAL  
EXCELLENCE

Now in its second year, the Group’s operational excellence 
initiative gained significant momentum, with the cornerstones 
of LEAN now firmly embedded throughout the Group’s 
businesses.

The Group put in place the necessary 
systems and structure to monitor the 
Group’s Overall Equipment Effectiveness 
(OEE), which combines the available 
uptime of the plant, the achieved quality 
and the plant’s efficiency, and measures  
it against established standards.

In FY2011, the Group’s OEE improved 
across each of Boral’s divisions, and 
huge progress was made in the uptime, 
maintenance and housekeeping 
standards of the Group’s lead sites.  

The Group now has the tools to ensure 
that our considerable investment in 
operational excellence is providing 
measurable and ambitious improvements 
across all our operations.

Improvement tool kit
To supplement the benchmarking 
and efficiency monitoring programs, 
LEAN facilitators work to train the 
workforce and apply the basic skills to 
solve problems in areas of inefficiency 
and utilise the available tools to drive 
improvements.

FY2012 objectives
Operational objectives for FY2012 
are ambitious and include continued 
improvements in the Group’s existing 
initiatives and focused attention on 
improving inventory management through 
the application of LEAN principles to our 
ordering and plant scheduling processes.

Our benchmarking work will extend to 
include external companies where the 
Group can compare our performance to 
relevant businesses outside of the Group.

Achievements:
•	 Established OEE measurement and 

monitoring structure across the Group’s 
operations.

•	 Built LEAN toolbox and employed 

LEAN facilitators.

•	 Achieved significant improvement  
in operational performance across  
the Group.

Improvements
The Group has developed a  
toolbox of proven improvement  
tools which are being progressively 
rolled out throughout the Group.

The Group’s program of operational 
excellence made solid progress in the 
year, with the systems and training 
introduced in 2010 now providing the 
catalyst for Group-wide improvements  
in productivity.

The Boral Production System includes 
a variety of management tools targeted 
at eliminating the causes of waste and 
inefficiency, reducing errors and sharing 
best practice across the Group.

Benchmarking
The Group’s benchmarking regime is used 
to monitor the progress of the cultural and 
operational improvements throughout  
the Group.  

During the year, the majority of the Group’s 
sites were re-audited, with significant 
improvements registered across many 
operations.

The audit scores are used as a basis 
for comparing our operations and 
encouraging healthy competition for  
them to be the best within their respective 
region, product area and divisional 
performance.

Each company is required to build and 
execute plans to improve their Boral 
Production System score, and progress is 
reported at bi-weekly meetings including 
representatives from the Group’s  
global operations.

Operational efficiency
The true measure of the success of the 
Group’s efficiency program must ultimately 
translate to improved productivity and 
lower operating costs.

 
 15

INNOVATION 
BUILDING SOMETHING 
GREAT    

Boral is dramatically increasing its focus on innovation, with a 
goal of becoming one of the leading innovative companies in 
our industry. 

From product developments to ground-
breaking new solutions, Boral has placed 
innovation high on the agenda. Over 
the next five years, the Group intends 
to outperform its peers through the 
number and value of new products and 
improvements brought to the market place.

The Boral Innovation program has been 
developed and rolled out through the 
United States operations and is now 
gaining momentum across the rest of  
the Group. 

Boral has increased research funding 
to deliver new building materials which 
respond to changing customer needs 
and market trends. Interaction with 
retailers, home builders, contractors and 
commercial builders helps to steer the  
new product development program.

Extra resources have been added during 
the year, adding further dynamism to 
Boral’s research activities and driving 
product development to commercialise 
successful innovations faster. 

Some highlights of the US Innovation 
program are:
Boral TruExterior™ Trim: A multi-year 
program has seen the development of 
a new product category to compete 
in the US$2b US trim market. The 
product satisfies customer performance 
requirements and outperforms the existing 
competitive products. The US$15m 
investment in the first commercial line 
in Salisbury, NC is a first of its kind, with 
technology unique to the industry. 

Powder Activated Carbon Treatment 
(PACT™): Due to a new regulation in the 

utility industry requiring mercury removal 
from coal burning power plants, utilities 
will have to introduce activated carbon 
to remediate mercury. This presented 
an opportunity for Boral to develop a 
system that would neutralise the effect of 
activated carbon in ready mix concrete. 
This technology positions Boral’s BMTI 
operation as a leading partner of choice 
with the utility industry. As federal regulation 
comes into effect in the US, we will continue 
to capitalise on the technology and be 
positioned to grow our market share.

BoralPure™ Smog-Eating Tile: Our 
product incorporates a photocatalyst 
coating that reduces nitrogen oxide (NOx) 
a major component of smog. This product 
helps address the problem of poor air 
quality found in many American cities. 
When new large “Masterplan” communities 
are being developed, the NOx reduction 
can be taken as on offset to the air quality 
impact. The greatest advantage will come 
from its wide application, and incentives 
are being sought to provide assistance  
to builders who are keen to promote  
the advantages to their customers.

In Australia, a review of current innovation 
projects has been completed and those 
with the most potential have been 
identified as priorities using the successful 
US developed model. An example of 
one of these projects within the Cement 
division includes innovation focusing on 
reducing our CO2 footprint by increasing 
the level of substitution of blast furnace 
slag and limestone in our products. 

Boral now has a much improved structure 
and a more disciplined approach to its 
research activities.

Improvements
Boral US has increased its scientific and 
engineering capabilities through the recruitment 
of more than 15 new scientists, engineers and 
support staff. The company’s technical facilities 
have been expanded by 30% to accommodate 
new product development requirements and over 
US$1m has been invested in pilot lines and new 
durability testing equipment.

Boral TruExterior™ Trim
Technology Centre progressed the Boral Trim 
product from prototype to market seed, and 
to full scale plant technology transfer and 
commercialisation. Further long range material 
substitution and green enhancement initiatives 
are underway through our newly implemented 
Innovation programs. 

 
16
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

Boral Construction Materials is one of Australia’s leading 
integrated quarry, concrete and asphalt manufacturing 
businesses, with outstanding long term resource 
positions in attractive, high growth regions. 

Despite the impact of adverse weather 
conditions, the division performed strongly, 
underpinned by improved pricing which 
took effect in the final quarter of the 
financial year and a strong contribution 
from major projects.

Performance
Construction Materials full year revenue 
of $2.3b increased 7% when compared 
to the prior year due to improved quarry 
and asphalt volumes and improved pricing 
outcomes across all businesses, particularly 
in the final quarter. Concrete volumes 
were in line with those of the prior year. 
EBIT of $204m was 1% above the prior 
year due largely to the impact of improved 
pricing outcomes offset by the absence 
of high margin major asphalt projects that 
occurred in the prior year. Results in the 
first half year were significantly impacted by 
adverse weather conditions, particularly in 
Queensland, while the second half featured 
drier conditions and increased demand  
from project work in New South Wales  
and Victoria. 

The Quarries business benefited from major 
projects in the Hunter region in New South 
Wales and the Peninsula Link and Dilston 
Bypass projects in Victoria and Tasmania, 
while volumes in Western Australia increased 
substantially in the first half due to strong 
underlying infrastructure demand. 

The Concrete business full year results 
were underpinned by several major projects 
including the Cadia Mine, the Bulahdelah 
Bypass and the Oxley Highway projects 

in New South Wales and the desalination 
plant project in Victoria. Residential demand 
remained strong, and mobile batch plant 
work in Western Australia contributed to a 
strong first half performance.

Revenue from the Asphalt business was up 
7% and reflected strong volume growth, 
with key projects including the Sydney 
Airport Re-sheeting and the Ballina Bypass 
in New South Wales and the South Road 
early works in South Australia. Asphalt 
Queensland was significantly impacted 
by the effects of flooding and weather 
throughout the year. 

Construction Materials results have been 
buoyed by the price increases which took 
effect in October 2010 and April 2011. 
Improved quarry, asphalt and concrete 
selling prices were evident particularly in  
the final quarter.

The Property Group completed 27 
transactions and contributed $27.5m EBIT, 
compared with $24.5m in the prior year. 
Sales of buffer land at Wollert and Montrose 
in Victoria underpinned this result.

While our South Australian operations 
were successful in achieving no lost time 
accidents in the year, the balance of 
Construction Materials disappointed with 
the number of lost time accidents increasing 
to 43 against 42 in the prior year. The full 
year LTIFR increased to 2.8 against 2.7 in 
FY2010 and an increased focus on safety 
behaviours and training is expected to 
significantly improve the results in the  
year ahead.

Murray Read, Divisional Managing Director

Market review and outlook
In the year ahead, we expect a continued 
recovery in the underlying concrete and 
quarry markets, fuelled by improved activity 
in New South Wales and Queensland, and 
a strong backlog of infrastructure projects 
across our most important regions. The 
pricing related Concrete market share decline 
which was experienced in the final quarter 
of FY2011 is expected to recover through 
targeted market share recovery strategies 
and as secured projects come on stream.

Our asphalt business is expected to deliver 
a strong result as flood recovery activity 
accelerates in Queensland, and supply 
commences to the Peninsula Link project  
in Victoria.

The recent acquisition of the Wagners 
concrete and quarry businesses together 
with Sunshine Coast Quarries, both of 
which are awaiting ACCC clearance, will 
provide increased exposure to attractive 
and growing Queensland markets. 

The continued implementation of LEAN 
through the roll-out of the Boral Production 
System is already having a noticeable 
impact on productivity and downtime and 
will supplement our ongoing efforts to 
remove cost and waste from the business. 
Our Sales and Marketing Excellence 
program promises significant benefit 
through leveraging our strong market 
positions and driving margin improvement.

Quarries
Boral is Australia’s leading quarry 
operator, with 90 quarries, sand pits 
and gravel operations producing 
concrete aggregates, crushed 
rock, asphalt, road base materials, 
sands and gravels for the Australian 
construction materials industry.

Concrete
Boral’s market leading network 
of 250 premix concrete plants 
produces a wide range of specialist 
concrete mixes throughout Australia. 
The Group’s geographic cover 
and responsiveness to customer 
needs provide a strong, sustainable 
competitive advantage.

Asphalt
Boral is the leading full service 
supplier of asphalt and technical 
materials for the surfacing and 
maintenance of road networks. 
The division has over 50 plants 
throughout Australia and is a leading 
supplier to road building and critical 
public and private construction 
projects performance.

Logistics and Property
Construction Materials’ logistics 
operations include an integrated fleet 
of company-owned and contracted 
vehicles. Boral Property Group’s core 
function is to develop opportunities 
for end uses of operational sites and 
maximise the value of Boral’s land assets.

 17

Employees

4,157

No change

Capital expenditure

$160m

Up 98%

Delivery of major projects
During FY2011 the division supplied materials 
for the Port Botany expansion (Sydney), Cadia 
Gold Mine (Western New South Wales), the 
Sydney Airport Runway safety upgrade and 
the Melbourne desalination plant. Our forward 
pipeline remains strong, with the Macarthur wind 
farm and Peninsula Link interchange in Victoria 
providing a solid platform for the year ahead.

KEy 
ACHIEVEMENTS
We are leveraging our leading positions in the Australian concrete, quarry and asphalt 
markets to improve returns and enhance shareholder returns.

Divisional results

Revenue

$2,275m

Up 7%

EBIT

$204m

Up 1%

Revenue breakdown 

Boral Production System
The implementation of LEAN in Construction 
Materials is delivering significant benefits, 
particularly in quarries. As an example, 
improvements at Orange Grove quarry in Western 
Australia have reduced costs by 23% while 
increasing throughput by 25%. During the year, 
the division’s OEE results increased across every 
product area and LEAN audit scores were up 25%.

Quarry resource and capacity
During the year, Construction Materials invested 
considerably to expand consented resource 
positions and quarry capacity close to key higher 
growth markets. A new 400t/hr crushing plant 
was commissioned at the Dunnstown quarry near 
Ballarat, and the development of the Peppertree 
Quarry in New South Wales was approved by 
the Board.

■  Concrete and Quarries
■  Asphalt
■  Other

Liquefied natural gas (LNG) projects
The division was awarded contracts for the supply 
of 250,000 m³ of concrete to the Queensland 
Curtis Island LNG (QCLNG) and Gladstone LNG 
(GLNG) projects in Queensland and is focused 
and well positioned to secure further LNG 
projects across Australia.

Growth
The Construction Materials division is focused on 
acquiring leading assets in high growth regions 
and strengthening our integrated positions. During 
FY2011 the acquisitions of Wagners Construction 
Materials and Sunshine Coast Quarries were 
announced. Both acquisitions, which are awaiting 
ACCC clearance, have high quality assets, with 
strong market positions in attractive growth areas.

18
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

BUILDING PRODUCTS

Boral Building Products in Australia holds leading 
positions in plasterboard, bricks, roof tiles, masonry 
blocks and pavers, and hardwood and softwood timber 
products. LBGA, the Group’s 50% owned joint venture, 
holds leading positions in plasterboard and associated 
products throughout Asia.

Performance
A strong start to the year, helped by 
government stimulus works, was impacted 
in the second half by severe weather 
conditions and slowing new housing 
construction, particularly in Queensland.

The employee Lost Time Injury Frequency 
Rate improved to 1.7 from 2.0 in the prior 
year. The Clay and Concrete Products 
and Timber businesses each recorded 
significantly lower lost time injuries, with the 
brick plant at Scoresby, Victoria achieving 
10 years without a lost time injury.

Revenue of $1,150m was 5% below that of 
the same period last year and reflected much 
weaker market conditions in Australia in the 
second half year ended June 2011. Australian 
revenues in this half year fell 16% below the 
December half year as a result of weaker new 
housing construction in Queensland, South 
Australia and Western Australia, which was 
further impacted by severe, abnormal wet 
weather conditions, particularly in New South 
Wales and Queensland.

EBIT of $84m was 16% below last 
year. Government stimulus works, 
which benefited the half year ended 
December 2010, ceased in the second 
half. This second half saw a weaker 
trading environment, devastatingly so 
in Queensland, combined with a further 
strengthening of the Australian dollar. 
Our timber, brick, block, paver and tile 
businesses operating in Queensland 
were hit particularly hard. The plywood 
manufacturing plant at Ipswich was 
inundated by the January flood event, 
which led to our decision to close this 

business, announced in June. At year end, 
we announced the decision to close a 60 
million piece per annum clay brick plant in 
Brisbane, to cease exports of clay bricks 
and pavers and to close our masonry block 
plant at Somersby in New South Wales, 
all in the light of the more difficult trading 
environment.

In Australia, all businesses focused on 
improving safety, reducing operating costs 
and working capital, and on improving 
pricing structures. The Boral Production 
System (LEAN manufacturing) helped 
to deliver better productivity outcomes 
throughout our operations with fewer 
injuries, through an emphasis on training, 
housekeeping, equipment enhancement 
and waste reduction.

In Western Australia, we completed 
construction of a masonry block and 
paver plant on our Midland (Perth) site at 
an investment cost of $44m. At year end, 
this new facility was being commissioned 
and supplying high quality products to 
customers. In Victoria, we commenced the 
$80m upgrade of our plasterboard plant 
and distribution site at Port Melbourne. We 
expect this project to be completed before 
June 2012, and result in reduced operating 
costs and energy consumption, whilst 
enhancing waste recycling capability and 
lifting capacity for future growth.

In Asia, the demand for plasterboard 
continued to grow strongly in key countries. 
Capacity projects commissioned in South 
Korea, Thailand and China benefited sales 
volumes and returns from our plasterboard 
joint venture, LBGA. During the year, LBGA 

Ross Batstone, Divisional Managing Director

benefited from new plasterboard capacity at 
its Saraburi site near Bangkok in Thailand and 
at Baoshan near Shanghai in China. Further 
projects were announced which added to 
plasterboard and/or associated product 
capacity in China, Indonesia and Vietnam.

Market review and outlook
In Australia, poor housing affordability 
combined with low levels of consumer 
confidence are expected to constrain the 
construction of new dwellings over the 
next 12 months. Nationally, we expect the 
number of commencements to be below 
145,000. Non-residential demand is also 
expected to be weaker, reflecting reduced 
public works as stimulus activities complete. 
Renovation activity is expected to  
grow modestly.

In the difficult trading environment, our 
emphasis will be to focus on cost reduction 
initiatives, further reducing working capital 
and strengthening pricing outcomes. Our 
LEAN journey is continuing, and returns 
in the next year will benefit from the 
restructuring which is already underway and 
from price rises notified to customers for 
implementation in the first half of FY2012. We 
are also planning further inventory reductions 
in our brick, block and paver businesses 
which will impact EBIT outcomes from that 
division in the next 12 months. 

In Asia, we are experiencing continued 
strong growth in construction activity in key 
countries, which is expected to underpin 
growth in plasterboard consumption. LBGA 
is well positioned to take advantage of 
the resulting uplift in plasterboard demand 
through existing plant capacity.

Plasterboard Australia
Boral is a leading integrated supplier 
of plasterboard and operates six 
production plants and 51 distribution 
centres across Australia. The division 
is the largest plasterboard installer to 
the new housing sector.

Plasterboard Asia
Lafarge Boral Gypsum Asia (LBGA) is 
the leading supplier of plasterboard 
and internal linings products across 
Asia. The 50% owned joint venture 
operates production plants in eight 
countries and trades in a further 
three, as well as exporting to more 
than 30 countries.

Clay & Concrete Products
Boral is one of Australia’s leading 
suppliers of clay and concrete bricks, 
blocks, pavers and roof tiles. The 
Group operates 18 production plants 
and over 30 distribution centres 
across Australia.

Timber
Boral operates wholly owned 
hardwood businesses on the East 
Coast of Australia and a 50% share of 
Highland Pine, a leading New South 
Wales-based softwood manufacturer.

 19

Employees

2,747

Down 7%

Capital expenditure

$83m

Up 40%

Timber Design Award
Richard Cole Architecture’s Hilltop House at 
Pittwater won the Timber Design Award for 
2010 in the “Residential Class 1 – New Building” 
category. The design used an extensive range of 
Boral Hardwood products to enhance the natural 
attributes of a picturesque bushland dwelling.

KEy 
ACHIEVEMENTS
We have resized with better focus, standardisation and efficiency, which is helping to 
respond to the unexpectedly weak market environment, particularly in Queensland.

Divisional results

Revenue

$1,150m

Down 5%

EBIT

$84m

Down 16%

Revenue breakdown 

Plasterboard Victoria plant upgrade
The $80m upgrade of the Boral plasterboard 
plant at Port Melbourne in Victoria is now well 
underway and on track for completion by June 
2012. It will deliver substantially reduced operating 
costs, improved energy efficiency, enhanced 
waste recycling capability and increased capacity 
for future growth.

LBGA successfully commissions two new 
plasterboard facilities
In the half year ended June 2010, our Asian 
joint venture, LBGA, commissioned a second 
plasterboard line at Saraburi near Bangkok, 
Thailand and a new greenfields plasterboard 
factory in Shanghai, East China. Both facilities 
are now operating at design capacity, which has 
helped LBGA plasterboard sales volume increase 
by 11% during the year.

■  Clay & Concrete Products
■  Plasterboard Australia
■  Timber

Towards LEAN leadership
Plasterboard 
Our 40m m2 plasterboard plant at Pinkenba, 
Queensland is working to achieve LEAN showcase 
status across the Boral Group. Already, it is 
approaching world’s best practice with Overall 
Equipment Effectiveness (a measure of uptime, 
primary waste minimisation and throughput rate 
compared to design) and has achieved “top 5” 
ranking in Group-wide LEAN auditing.

Australian Apprentice and Trainee 
of the Year Awards
James Mondinos from Boral Timber’s South 
Coast Hardwoods business was awarded 
National Apprentice of the Year and the National 
Encouragement Award at the Australian Apprentice 
and Trainee of the Year Awards in 2011. James 
was a participant in a Boral led training partnership 
also involving recruitment company Skilled and 
Creswick Training College in Victoria.

20
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

CEMENT

Boral’s Cement division is a leading supplier of cement, 
lime and fly ash in Australia and of concrete, quarry and 
pipe products in Asia. In FY2011 the division enjoyed 
strong infrastructure markets in Australia and continued 
growth in Asia.

Mike Beardsell, Divisional Managing Director

Performance
Cement revenue at $540m was 5% above 
that of the same period last year (prior year 
$512m), reflecting improved pricing and mix 
in Australia and continued growth in Asian 
markets. EBIT at $96m was $8m above last 
year’s with strong gains in Australia and the 
continuing turnaround in Thailand offsetting 
a very competitive market in Indonesia.

In Australia the premixed concrete market 
was up modestly, and New South Wales 
and Victoria, which are key states for 
Boral Cement, performed better than 
the national average. New South Wales 
also had an exceptionally strong year for 
infrastructure projects which benefited 
the business, including duplication of the 
Hume Highway and port developments in 
Newcastle. Lime sales improved markedly 
as the steel industry returned to more 
normal operating patterns following the 
global financial crisis.

Production costs improved in Australia 
as volumes increased, following 
stock reductions in the prior year. The 
business focused on gaining sustainable 
improvements in operating effectiveness 
and the removal of legacy plant. The LEAN 
score achieved a 37% improvement, which 
translated into a 3.2% gain in the OEE of 
the major cement kilns.

The Thailand Construction Materials 
business was a standout performer, with 
the turnaround which began in the prior 
year gaining further momentum. Concrete 
volumes increased by 8% and a focus on 
price improvement and costs substantially 
improved margins. Market conditions in 
Indonesia were more challenging. Strong 
market growth resulted in increased raw 
materials costs and consequent margin 
compression.

appears less pronounced in New South 
Wales and Victoria, where Boral Cement 
has greatest exposure.

Opportunities to displace imports in supply 
to competitors are anticipated and this will 
increase kiln utilisation levels.

The outlook for the Asian businesses 
remains positive as these economies 
continue to grow strongly.

The employee Lost Time Injury Frequency 
Rate of 0.95 was in line with the prior 
year, with a change in reporting standards 
masking a modest underlying improvement. 
There was a strong focus on improving the 
standard of equipment guarding throughout 
the business.

The Innovation agenda has seen the 
introduction of a new cement chemistry 
in NSW, designed to improve utilisation of 
raw materials, and trials of a new product 
which promises to reduce greenhouse gas 
emissions through increased substitution of 
blast furnace slag.

Market review and outlook
The outlook for Boral Cement is mixed. 
Infrastructure project work is expected to be 
strong in FY2012, but below the exceptional 
activity in FY2011. Housing activity is 
softening across Australia, but to date this  

Cement division
The Cement division has operations 
based in both Australia and Asia. In 
Australia, we operate Boral Cement, 
which is a leading Australian cement 
producer, and in Asia we have 
operations in Indonesia and Thailand, 
supplying concrete, quarry and pipe 
products.

Boral Cement 
Boral Cement is headquartered in 
Sydney, Australia, and has offices 
and operations in Victoria, New South 
Wales and Queensland, supplying 
bulk cements and cement blends, 
bagged cements and drymixes. 
Quality control, innovation and an 
ongoing program for continuous 
improvement have led Boral Cement 
to the forefront of the Australian 
cement industry.

Indonesia
PT Jaya Readymix is the number 1 
supplier of concrete in Indonesia, 
employing around 2,600 people. 
With 44 fixed and mobile concrete 
plants, two quarries and two pipe 
and precast operations, the business 
is developing markets in the rapidly 
growing regions outside Western 
Java.

Thailand
Thailand Construction Materials 
operates a network of 43 concrete 
plants across regional Thailand, 
with approximately 430 owned and 
operated concrete trucks servicing all 
areas. Boral Thailand employs over 
1,200 people and has production 
capacity for the sand and aggregates 
that are required to produce 
consistent quality concrete.

 21

Employees

4,551

Up 1%

Capital expenditure

$53m

Up 107%

Boral Cement is integral to major 
infrastructure development
Boral Cement secured supply for the Hunter River 
remediation project and the Kooragang Coal 
Loader by improving its total delivery capability.  
We can now satisfy a delivery promise that is 
the benchmark for cement and fly ash supply to 
major projects.

KEy 
ACHIEVEMENTS
Major infrastructure supply capability was a highlight 
for the year in both Australia and Asia.

Divisional results

Revenue

$540m

Up 5%

EBIT

$96m

Up 9%

Revenue breakdown 

Rebranding
The rebranding of Blue Circle to Boral Cement 
occurred with minimal disruption to our business 
and with no loss of customers. With a new name, 
we are now more visibly part of the Boral range of 
products, which strengthens the Boral brand.

Demolition project
Boral Cement Engineering Services and site 
personnel are addressing obsolete plant and 
equipment at both the Berrima and Maldon sites.  
The project is expected to take six months to 
complete and will remove potential chemical  
and structural risks associated with the  
redundant plant.

■  Cement
■  Asian Construction Materials

Thailand turnaround
The successful turnaround of Thailand 
Construction Materials continues with a strong 
return to profit for the full year. The FY2011  
yearly profit results are the best recorded since 
FY2006, with the month of June showing the 
highest monthly sales volumes since the  
business commenced in 1992.

Indonesia
In 2011, PT Jaya Readymix will see the historic 
completion of a 90 Megawatt compacted 
concrete dam for owner International Nickel 
Indonesia (INCO) in remote Central Sulawesi, 
in which PT Jaya played a major role. The 
exceptional logistical challenges made this one 
of the most complex and prestigious projects in 
Jaya’s 39 year history.

22
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

USA

Boral USA has industry leading positions in bricks, 
concrete and clay roof tiles, and manufactured stone 
veneer for residential and midrise commercial buildings. 
The construction materials business has leading 
positions in Oklahoma and Colorado, and the  
fly ash processing and distribution business operates  
on a national basis.

Mike Kane, President, Boral Industries

Performance
Housing starts remain at historically low 
levels, and our focus is on reducing costs 
while readying the business for the upside 
in the cycle.

The USA operations reported revenue of 
A$431m, 19% above that of last year (prior 
year: A$364m), reflecting the full integration 
of MonierLifetile into Boral Roofing and 
the half year inclusion of the Cultured 
Stone joint venture. The revenue gain was 
partially offset by a continued deterioration 
in housing starts and construction 
activity and the strengthening of the 
Australian dollar. At the EBIT level, the 
USA operations reported a loss of A$99m 
against a A$104m loss last year.

US dollar losses increased to US$99m 
against US$91m in the prior year, primarily 
due to acquisitions of loss making 
businesses. Favourable exchange rate 
movements, lower head count, cost 
reductions driven by the early benefits 
of LEAN implementation and other cost 
containment activities largely mitigated the 
effects of the newly acquired businesses.

The US continued to experience significant 
challenges during the year as housing 
activity resulted in declines in demand 
offsetting underlying cost containment 
performance across all areas of the 
US business.

Boral Brick and Cladding revenue was 
A$178m, including Bricks, Stone (six 
months of activity), and Trim. Revenue 
from Bricks was down 8% to US$142m 
due to a 7% decline in volumes coupled 
with a small decrease in pricing driven by 
product mix and competitive pressures. 
Plant utilisation averaged 26%, requiring 
continuation of cost cutting initiatives. 

Boral Roofing achieved revenues of 
US$89m, 2% (100% MonierLifetile) lower 
than the prior year on a like for like basis 
driven by a 5% reduction in volume partially 
offset by consolidated sales.

Market review and outlook
It continues to remain unclear when and 
how rapidly a turnaround in US housing 
and construction will occur. We expect an 
increase in housing starts in the upcoming 
year, biased towards the second half. Non-
residential construction activity is expected 
to increase slightly throughout the year.

The US division’s emphasis on safety, 
LEAN and Sales and Marketing Excellence, 
combined with the integration of Tile and 
Stone and the introduction of Trim and an 
enhanced commercial offering positions 
Boral well to improve on prior cycle returns.

Revenues for Fly Ash and Construction 
Materials increased 5% to US$164m due 
to a 21% increase in concrete volumes 
partially offset by a 3% decrease in 
aggregate volumes.

The employee Lost Time Injury Frequency 
rate improved significantly, dropping from 
3.1% last year to 0.6% this year. The 
US division has embedded a system-
wide LEAN 5S (Sort, Set in order, Shine, 
Standardise and Sustain) capability, 
personalised safety interventions by 
Division Presidents, and a behaviour 
based safety observation program 
across all operations.

Boral Brick and Cladding 
Boral has industry leading brick 
and stone positions complemented 
by both the market seed and 
commercialisation launch of 
the Boral Trim product and the 
enhanced commercial focus of the 
Boral Building Products distribution 
business.   

Boral Roofing 
Boral’s high end roofing solutions 
consist of a market leading range of 
concrete and clay tile products. The 
integration of MonierLifetile into Boral 
Roofing has provided synergy and 
market opportunities that the division 
continues to exploit fully.

Construction Materials and  
Fly Ash 
With national fly ash and regional 
concrete and aggregate offerings, 
Boral is well positioned to satisfy 
growing demand as the US 
economy returns to more normalised 
construction spending levels in 
the future.

Technology 
Boral’s newly implemented Innovation 
program enhances product 
development opportunities across all 
businesses while reducing the time to 
commercialisation. The development 
of green sustainable products is fully 
underway as evidenced by the Trim 
launch and several new product 
initiatives moving beyond the proof 
of concept stage. 

 23

Employees

2,572

Up 70%

Capital expenditure

$43m

Up 361%

Integration of MonierLifetile
Acquired and fully integrated the remaining 
50% of MonierLifetile; combined with clay roof 
tile division to form Boral Roofing and achieved 
synergies exceeding the expectations of the 
business case. Launched new products including 
BoralPure™ SMOG-EATING Tile.

KEy 
ACHIEVEMENTS
The Boral US Team is building momentum in safety, LEAN operations and 
new product development to take full advantage of a market recovery.

Divisional results

Revenue

$431m

Up 19%

EBIT

$(99)m

Up 5%

Revenue breakdown 

Safety improvement
Safety improved significantly in FY2011 as a 
result of expanded focus on behaviour based 
safety processes, near miss reporting, driver 
and fleet safety initiatives, and leadership safety 
interventions across all locations.

Cultured Stone acquisition
Acquired a 50% interest, with management 
control, in the nation’s leading manufactured 
veneer stone business (Cultured Stone). 
Integration is underway to maximise synergies 
with Boral Cladding.

■	Cladding
■	Roofing
■	Construction Materials and Fly Ash

Creation of a Cladding Division
Created a Cladding Division comprising Brick, 
Stone, Trim, and Boral Building Products 
Distribution designed to further advance our 
residential, commercial and expanded channel 
strategy. Launched complementary products 
including a leading stucco and EIFS wall system 
across distribution network. 

Implementation of Sales and Marketing 
Excellence and LEAN
Implemented both commercial and operational 
programs including Sales and Marketing 
Excellence and LEAN. The roll out establishes 
the commercial and operating foundation on 
which the company will satisfy customer demand, 
increase share, minimise waste and inventory 
levels, improve margin and improve efficiencies 
going forward.   

24
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

FINANCIAL REVIEW 2011

Andrew Poulter, Chief Financial Officer

Revenue
As a result of the full consolidation of the US MonierLifetile and Cultured Stone 
businesses acquired in July and December 2010 respectively, revenue from continuing 
operations at $4.7b increased 4% over the prior year. Normalising for these acquisitions, 
underlying Group sales revenues were level with those of the prior year, though at a 
divisional level there were several key factors which influenced both the first and second 
half year performances and the year’s earnings outcome.

The Australian operations, which accounted for 86% of consolidated Group revenues, 
were significantly influenced by two key demand constraints: the adverse weather in 
the eastern states throughout the second quarter which culminated in the January 
Queensland flooding, and the steep decline in housing starts which began in January 
and continued through the second half year. The latter weakness was principally in the 
resource sector states of Queensland, Western Australia and South Australia, giving 
credence to the two-speed economy currently prevailing in Australia.

Following a strong second half recovery, Australian Construction Materials reported a 7% 
increase in revenues on the prior year. Despite weather impacts, first half year revenues 
were in line with the prior year; the final quarter benefited from a return to normal trading 
conditions, together with an increase in project and infrastructure demand. Whilst the 
division took some benefit from road reconstruction activity following the Queensland 
flooding, the key revenue drivers were the continued robust demand in Victoria and an 
increase in demand in New South Wales. 

After a strong start to the year where first half year revenues were 3% ahead of FY2010, 
Building Products’ second half revenues were significantly impacted by the decline 
in residential housing, resulting in full year revenues closing at 5% below those of the 
prior year. This second half weakness directly impacted the brick, roof tile and masonry 
products businesses, which have a greater exposure to residential demand. Plasterboard 
demand was also impacted by a weaker Queensland residential market, which has yet to 
see any significant increase from reconstruction activity following the January floods.

Sales revenue 
$m

EBITDA1 
$m

9
9
1
,
5

9
0
9
,
4

5
7
8
,
4

1
1
7
,
4

9
9
5
,
4

7
6
7
,
5 4
0
3
,
4

0
5
1
,
4

1
3
8
,
3

9
8
4
,
3

4
9
7

4
9
7

3
2
8

2
6
7

8
8
6

2
7
6

1
3
5

9
3
5

5
0
5

2
2
5

2
0

3
0

4
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

0
1

1
1

2
0

3
0

4
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

0
1

1
1

1. Excluding significant items.

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 25

Net profit after tax before 
significant items from 
continuing operations was 
$173m, a 20% increase over 
the prior year.

While not consolidated into the Group results, LBGA, the Asian plasterboard joint venture, 
continues to show consistent growth, having exposure to the core plasterboard markets 
in China, South Korea, Malaysia, Thailand, the Philippines, Vietnam and the emerging 
plasterboard markets in India. Revenues grew by 16% over the prior year, with increases 
in all markets led by India 67% and China 28%. The self-funded investment in plant 
capacity to satisfy forecast growth has been a key factor in the continued success  
of the joint venture.

The Cement division reported a 5% improvement in revenues, with good progress 
in Australia due to sustained demand across the New South Wales and Victoria 
construction markets and increased lime sales into the steel sector. Revenues also 
increased in both Thailand and Indonesia, underpinned by an increase in construction 
activity, though margins came under pressure due to increases in cement, raw materials 
and labour costs.

In the US, housing demand continued to run at cyclical lows, and the anticipated second 
half recovery failed to materialise, resulting in annual, seasonally adjusted housing starts 
of 571k, 3.5% below the prior year. As a result, underlying revenues, normalised for the 
Monier and Cultured Stone acquisitions, were flat with the prior year as higher sales 
revenue in clay tiles and construction materials offset an 8% decline in brick revenues. 
Bricks continue to be exposed to the weaker performing eastern states.

Earnings
Net profit after tax before significant items from continuing operations was $173m,  
a 20% increase over the prior year, predominantly due to a $33m reduction in interest 
expense and a $12m favourable exchange rate benefit arising from the translation of the 
US losses. 

Income statement

For the year ended 30 June

2011

2010

$ millions

Group

Discontinued
operations

Continuing
operations

Group

Discontinued
operations

Continuing
operations

Sales revenue

4,710.5

 28.8

 4,681.7

 4,599.3

 105.5

 4,493.8

EBITDA1

EBIT/(loss)1

Interest1

Income tax1

Non-controlling interest

Underlying profit/(loss) 
after tax1

522.2

277.2

(63.7)

(40.4)

2.3

 2.6

 2.6

(0.7)

 519.6

 274.6

(63.7)

(39.7)

 2.3

 504.5

 251.9

(97.0)

(22.1)

(1.2)

(12.8)

(18.6)

 –

 5.7

 –

 517.3

 270.5

(97.0)

(27.8)

(1.2)

175.4

 1.9

 173.5

 131.6

(12.9)

 144.5

Net significant items

(7.7)

(7.7)

(222.1)

(58.9)

(163.2)

167.7

 1.9

 165.8

(90.5)

(71.8)

(18.7)

24.4

23.3

22.1

(15.2)

Net profit/(loss) after 
tax

Earnings per share1 
(cents)

Earnings per share 
(cents)

EBIT1 
$m

0
0
6

3
0
6

4
1
6

1
3
5

8
4
4

8
7
4

3
4
3

6
7
2

7
7
2

2
5
2

Profit after tax1 
$m

0
7
3

0
7
3

2
6
3

8
9
2

7
4
2

3
8
2

2
9
1

5
7
1

1
3
1

2
3
1

Earnings per share1 
cents

8
.
3
6

4
.
3
6

7
.
1
6

0
.
0
5

4
.
1
4

1
.
9
4

7
.
3
3

2
.
2
2

1
.
2
2

4
.
4
2

2
0

3
0

4
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

0
1

1
1

2
0

3
0

4
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

0
1

1
1

2
0

3
0

4
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

0
1

1
1

1. Excluding significant items.

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
26
Review of operating divisions

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

Financial review 2011  
Continued

The segmental earnings before 
interest and tax (EBIT) by 
division, reflect the impact of the 
first and second half revenue 
variations which had a major 
influence on the performance of 
the Construction Materials and 
Building Products divisions.

Earnings before interest and tax from continuing operations was $275m, 2% ahead 
of the prior year, though underlying gross margins dipped slightly from 6.0% to 5.9%.
This margin decline occurred primarily due to the change in geographical mix in sales in 
the Construction Materials division where at the product level, concrete and aggregate 
margins improved following the rigorous implementation of the 1 April price increase. 

The segmental earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) by division reflect the impact of the 
first and second half revenue variations which had a major influence on the performance 
of the Construction Materials and Building Products divisions.

Construction Materials reported an EBIT of $204m, a 1% increase over the prior year as 
a result of a significant improvement in second half revenues due to improved market 
demand and a return to normal weather patterns. Second half earnings showed a 20% 
improvement over the first half year and a 19% improvement over the prior corresponding 
period. The second half year result was also assisted by the 1 April concrete and 
aggregates price increase which improved second half margins to 9.5% from 8.4% in 
the first half. Construction Materials’ annual EBIT margins declined to 9.0% versus 9.5% 
in the prior year due to the change in mix of sales from Queensland to Victoria and New 
South Wales and lower asphalt demand in Queensland following the completion of major 
road projects in 2010.

Building Products’ EBIT showed a reversal in the second half year following a strong 
first half performance where EBIT was up 22% over the prior corresponding period. 
The second half year was impacted by an acute decline in the residential sector in 
Queensland, Western Australia and South Australia together with the conclusion of the 
Government stimulus programs in the first half year. Second half EBIT declined 47% to 
$29m, bringing the full year to $84m, a 16% decline over the prior year. 

Following a review of east coast bricks, roof tile, concrete and masonry operations with 
specific focus on projected plant capacities and medium term market demand, the 
decision was taken to reduce the overall operating capacity. The impact and resulting 
impairments were incorporated in the FY2011 significant item expense. 

The Cement division reported a 9% improvement in EBIT to $96m as stronger sales 
and plant operating performance in Australian Cement and a return to profitability in 
Thailand were partially offset by EBIT margin declines in Indonesia. Cement plant overall 
equipment effectiveness improved consistently throughout the year, with Waurn Ponds 
achieving record clinker output following the major annual shutdown in March.

The United States businesses delivered 5% reduced EBIT loss to ($99m) primarily due 
to a $12m foreign exchange conversion benefit arising from the increase in strength of 
the Australian dollar. The result included the first time full year consolidated results of the 
MonierLifetile business, which was acquired on 1 July 2010 and the half year consolidated 
results of the Cultured Stone joint venture following the December acquisition of a 50% 
controlling share from Owens Corning. Despite the underlying market weakness, US 
dollar losses in the bricks business were reduced by 6%, and the BMTI fly ash operations 
returned to profit. These improvements were achieved through continued focus on 
operating efficiency and optimisation of the brick plant operating configuration.

The Group reported net profit after tax of $167.7m after recognising $7.7m of net 
significant items with regard to manufacturing capacity rationalisation, insurance claims 
recovery, acquisition and due diligence expenditures and resolution of prior year tax 
matters. The significant items are summarised in the table below.

Reconciliation of underlying results to reported results

$millions

EBIT

Interest

Non-controlling
interest

Tax

Profit
after tax

Underlying results

Significant items

Plywood closure

Asset write-downs

Acquisition expenditure

Tax benefits

Total

Reported results

 277.2 

(63.7) 

(40.4) 

 2.3 

 175.4 

 19.6 

(53.1) 

(9.3) 

(42.8) 

 234.4 

 35.1 

 35.1 

(5.3) 

(63.7) 

 19.6 

(53.1) 

(9.3) 

 35.1 

(7.7) 

 2.3 

 167.7 

 27

Following a review of the capacity of the east coast Australian operations and projected 
future market demand, the Group undertook an evaluation of our future operating 
capacity requirements. This review took into account the future investment returns 
on projected capital needs for the existing capital base and the current and projected 
efficiency benefits now being realised from investment in LEAN. The review concluded 
that the Group has excess operating capacity in its Queensland and New South Wales 
operations and the decision was taken to close several plants in order to optimise future 
earnings and the return on capital employed. These, together with the closure of two 
US brick plants in the south east, amounted to a $53m write-down of asset values and 
site remediation costs. 

The Queensland floods in January inundated a large part of Timber’s Ipswich plywood 
operations, rendering future investment on the site unviable. Following a critical review 
of the cost and investment returns from establishing the factory on an alternate site, it 
became clear that such an investment could not return the cost of capital, and a decision 
was made to exit the plywood business in June 2011. The settlement of the insurance 
claim net of the write-off of the assets employed required the recognition of a $19.6m 
book profit which has been taken as part of the significant items.

Operating cash flow was $351m versus $459m in the prior year. This reduction was due 
to a $97m adverse movement in working capital versus a $44m favourable movement in 
the prior year. The increase in working capital during 2011 was due to higher receivables 
following a strong final quarter’s sales in Construction Materials, and an increase in 
closing inventory levels. The latter occurred due to the weaker final quarter sales in the 
US and Building Products when inventories had been built to meet forecast demand and 
the need to increase the Australian Cement clinker inventories in advance of the Berrima 
shutdown which was undertaken in June and July of 2011. Second half cash flows, 
however, increased from $81m in the half year to the closing $351m.

Free cash flow showed a net outflow $34m due to the $166m increase in capital 
expenditure and the $146m acquisition investment associated the MonierLifetile and 
Cultured Stone businesses in the US and the deposit on the Wagners acquisition. 
Capital expenditure at $346m included $235m of stay-in-business expenditure, 
representing 96% of depreciation. This increase was planned and followed two years of 
unsustainably low stay-in-business expenditure, which comprised 47% in 2010 and 62% 
of depreciation in 2009. 

2011 also included the investment in major growth expenditure with the commencement 
of the $200m Peppertree Sydney aggregates quarry construction at Marulan in New 
South Wales, the completion of the $35m Dunnstown quarry upgrade in Victoria and  
the commencement of the $80m Port Melbourne plasterboard operations upgrade.  
In addition, in the US the investments in the Ione clay tile plant upgrade and construction 
of the new North Carolina composite trim factory were completed, with both plants due 
for commissioning during the first half of FY2012.

Net debt reduced from $1,183m to $505m due to the 2010 equity raising and also the 
strengthening of the Australian dollar versus the US dollar; the latter creating a favourable 
$274m reduction on the conversion of the Group’s US$1.1b private placement long 
term debt. Gearing, net debt to equity, reduced to 16% versus 45% in the prior year, 
positioning the Group’s balance sheet in good shape for organic and strategic growth 
opportunities and specifically the completion of the recently announced Wagners and 
Sunshine Coast quarry acquisitions, which are awaiting clearance by the ACCC.

In February 2011, the Group replaced its $1b syndicated term credit facility, which was 
due to expire in August 2011, with a four year $700m facility syndicated with the current 
banking group.  

Earnings per share, before significant items, increased 10% to 24.4 cents from 22.1 cents 
which supported a 7% increase in the total dividends to 14.5 cents per share  
in FY2011. 

28

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

SUSTAINABILITy IN BORAL
Together, we can design and build a better future. 

Over the past decade, Boral has continued to demonstrate a clear commitment to 
sustainable development and to improve performance to a level of industry best practice. 
These efforts are evident by the external recognition that the Group has received, including 
membership of the FTSE4Good Index and the Dow Jones Sustainability Index.

The Group’s sustainability initiatives have 
provided a strong foundation for the future, 
and our businesses are well equipped to 
respond to increased regulatory reporting 
and business-specific requirements.

At Boral we have prioritised our efforts 
to ensure that our businesses are 
focused on those areas that will make 
the most difference to our shareholders, 
our customers, our communities, our 
employees and the environment. Key 
areas of focus include health and safety, 
energy efficiency and emissions reduction, 
sustainable product development, and 
community partnerships. We are confident 
that these priorities will grow the Group’s 
sustainable competitive advantage and 
represent the critical levers in terms 
of business continuity and present 
opportunities to continually  
lower our costs.

Boral Timber products have full Chain of Custody 
certification aligned with the Australian Forestry 
Standard (AFS). This certification verifies that 
Boral Timber products are sourced from certified, 
legal and sustainable resources. With specifiers 
and builders increasingly seeking certified 
products sourced from sustainable forest for 
projects, certification is an important issue for  
the industry.

Boral Envirocrete is a concrete mix that replaces 
virgin materials with recycled and waste materials 
in a range from 20% to 60% and is produced 
using 40% alternative fuels. With a variety of uses 
including foundations, paving, slabs and higher 
strength applications, the product has a high 
thermal mass for more energy efficient buildings.

Leading safety is Boral’s number one priority, 
and this requires an immediate zero tolerance to 
poor safety practices from every employee. We 
are cleaning up the operations, getting on with 
maintenance and investing in our facilities. Best 
practice is being consolidated across the Group 
into a single Boral approach to leading safety.

Boral is celebrating 10 years of partnership with 
the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation (JDRF) 
in 2011. In this time Boral and its employees have 
raised over $2.8m to support JDRF, and over 
7,000 employees have taken part in fundraising 
activities such as the Walk, Spin and Ride to  
Cure Diabetes.

 29
 29

Establishing and maintaining 
strong relationships with our 
stakeholders is critical to 
Boral’s business success.

ENVIRONMENT

Energy use and GHG emissions
The Group’s operations consume a 
significant amount of energy and some 
businesses are particularly emissions 
intensive. In FY2011, greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions from Boral’s fully owned 
businesses in Australia, the USA and Asia 
totalled 3.2 million tonnes of CO2, a 5% 
increase on the prior year. The increase 
primarily reflects increased production. 
Emissions from Boral’s US operations were 
down by around 2% on a comparable 
basis, reflecting the continued housing 
downturn and Boral’s associated reduction 
in production. In Australia, emissions were 
up around 6%, reflecting increased clinker 
production and increased production 
across our more intensive operations. 
In Asia, Boral’s GHG emissions were up 
2% on the prior year, reflecting increased 
activity in Thailand.

During FY2011, Boral incurred five Penalty 
Infringement Notices (PINs) related to 
environmental contraventions in Australia 
(resulting in $12,473 in fines). Three were 
issued in Queensland, one for a technical 
non-compliance and two relating to failure 
to adequately control sawdust emissions. 
An infringement for failing to maintain silt 
dams at a quarry in New South Wales and 
in Victoria an infringement occurred for the 
overflow of cement sludge into a creek. 
There were no infringements in the  
USA or Asia.

At a glance

Water management
Boral’s operations consume water 
for manufacturing and maintenance 
processes.

GHG emissions (million T CO2e) 
Boral operations 
Share of JV operations 
Mains water (million litres) 

FY2011 

FY2010

3.2 
0.1 
2,130 

3.1
0.2
2,270

Mains and town water are Boral’s most 
significant water source, with a total of 
2,130 million litres of mains water used 
in our wholly owned and controlled 
businesses in Australia, the USA and Asia 
in FY2011. Mains water use reduced by 
140 million litres on the prior year due 
to lower levels in Australia being partially 
offset by increases in the USA. The high 
level of rainfall across the east coast of 
Australia during the period reduced mains 
water required for dust suppression within 
the quarry business, and ensured a much 
greater abundance of rainwater being 
available for concrete batching.

PINs

Number  
Fines 

5 
$12,473 

2
$4,000

Boral’s Australian 
GHG emissions

■	Calcination 39%
■	Electricity 18%
■	Coal 17%
■	Natural gas 15%
■	Diesel and liquid fuels 9%
■	Other 2%

  
30

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIPS

Boral’s community partnership model is supported by a 
rigorous selection process and helps the Group identify 
and support the most meaningful partnerships for the 
company. The core objective of Boral’s partnership 
program is to make a valued and sustainable contribution 
to the communities in which we operate.

Bangarra Dance Theatre

Supporting local communities

In FY2011, Boral had seven key 
community partnerships to which the 
Group contributed a total of $522,705. 
In addition, a further $306,112 was 
donated to the Juvenile Diabetes Research 
Foundation (JDRF) through employee 
fundraising efforts throughout Australia. 
The Group also contributed $50,000 to 
the Disaster Relief Appeal and extensive 
resources, transport and materials to 
support community progress following 
the floods in early 2011 in Queensland, 
Australia.

Boral’s longest standing community 
partnership with Conservation Volunteers 
Australia funded 549 volunteer days across 
13 conservation projects which resulted 
in the planting of 5,216 trees/stems and 
an area of 40,520 m2 being weeded and 
regenerated. In addition, over 120 kg of 
rubbish was removed from these sites, 
2,000 m2 of mulching was carried out and 
1,000 m of fence was constructed and 
maintained.

The Group has partnered with 
Bangarra Dance Theatre, Australia’s 
leading Indigenous dance company, 
since 2002 and in FY2011, 320 Boral 
employees, customers and suppliers saw 
Bangarra perform.

Partnering with the Taronga Conservation 
Society Australia since 2003, Boral 
sponsors Youth at the Zoo (YATZ) and 
engages employees and customers. 
230 Boral employees, customers and 
suppliers attended Twilight Concerts and 
150 were at Boral’s Family Day. Boral 
products are widely used in Taronga’s 
redevelopment work.

Boral continued to offer Outward Bound 
Family Re-discovery Scholarships to Boral 
employees with high school aged sons 
and daughters. Since 2003, a total of 100 
family groups have participated in the 
program across five states. Four families 
received Boral scholarships in FY2011.

In FY2011 Boral contributed $40,000 to 
Building Communities in Asia to support 
students, teachers and local clinic staff as 
well as to provide agricultural assistance. 
Boral also contributed $30,000 to continue 
funding an educational scholarship 
program for children of our Indonesian 
employees.

In addition to the Group’s corporate 
partnerships, Boral’s local businesses 
support the Group’s local community 
activities, including charities, emergency 
services, sporting and environmental 
groups.

As a matter of policy, the Group does not 
participate in or donate to any political or 
politically associated organisations.

JDRF has been Boral’s preferred charity 
since 2001, and the Group has contributed 
over $2.8m since 2001 with around 85% 
from employee fundraising in Australia 
and the USA. In 2010, Boral won JDRF’s 
Freedom Award for the highest performing 
corporate fundraising team for the second 
consecutive year.

During the year Boral continued its 
partnership, initially established in 2006, 
with HomeAid in the United States with 
contributions of US$25,000 in cash and 
US$25,000 of in-kind product to provide 
shelter for the homeless. Through this 
program Boral works with customers, 
showcases our products and engages 
employees.

CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

 31

Boral’s investment in a state-of-the-art manufacturing 
plant in North Carolina uses patented bio-based 
polymer chemistry together with Boral’s own Celceram® 
technology to produce lighter weight, higher durability  
and lower emission trim products for the residential 
building sector.

Delivering high levels of customer service 
is critical to our success. Call centres with 
improved technology are contributing to 
improved performance.

Sustainable products
Through our Innovation Excellence 
program, Boral is capitalising on the use 
of fly ash and other recycled materials to 
produce products that are recognised 
for their environmental credentials. In the 
USA, the restructured development team 
is focusing on more efficient and effective 
commercialisation of product innovation. 
The US$15m facility is due to commence 
volume production late in 2011 for the 
US$3b US housing trim market.

With increasing pressure on the building and 
construction industry to take responsibility 
for the ecological and social impacts of 
its operations, finding solutions for a more 
sustainable environment is high on the 
agenda. From lower carbon products, to life 
cycle assessment, community engagement 
and a genuine commitment to recycling and 
re-use, Boral is assisting customers and 
their clients in responding to regulatory and 
climatic change.

Extensive market research was conducted 
in FY2011, asking builders, architects, 
designers and academics what they 
believe is required to meet the sustainability 
needs of the future. This has helped 
to inform the direction of up to 60 new 
products currently in development across 
Boral Building Products, ranging from 
small product enhancements and product 
improvements to ground-breaking new 
building solutions.

Boral Timber has championed a new 
solid flooring product offering that will 
significantly increase the yield from the 
nation’s highly valuable and scarce 
hardwood resource while at the same 
time filling a gap in the budget-conscious, 
quick installation market. Boral 10 mm 
overlay flooring employs a unique cutting 
technique that enables production of a 
straighter and higher quality hardwood 
board at half the thickness. This solution 
offers a terrific environmental benefit 
by making better use of scarce timber 
resources.

Product life cycle
A “Life Cycle Assessment Report” for 
Boral products was completed in July 
2010 and subsequently peer reviewed by 
the Centre for Design at RMIT University. 
The report aimed to assess the energy 
and greenhouse impact of Boral products 
in Australian residential housing. Among 
the key conclusions, it highlighted that 
“getting the design right or wrong has a 
greater effect on life cycle greenhouse 
gas emissions than the choice of building 
materials”. It was also identified that 
Boral can have and is having a positive 
impact on emissions through improved 
manufacturing processes and working 
with suppliers to reduce emissions in their 
processes.

Boral also worked closely with the Building 
Products Innovation Council to assist in the 
development of the Building Products Life 
Cycle Inventory database. The database 
is providing life cycle environmental 
information for more than 100 building 
materials categories and is designed to 
help architects, designers, engineers, 
builders, developers and regulators more 
accurately assess the impact buildings will 
have on the environment.

32

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

OUR PEOPLE

Boral employees around the world are excited and 
energised by the positive changes happening across the 
Group. They are engaged with our updated purpose and 
values which guide decision making and define how  
we do business.

Boral has an active Indigenous 
employment strategy, and in January 2011 
the Group entered into an Indigenous 
Employment Plan with the Department of 
Education, Employment and Workplace 
Relations (DEEWR), with an objective to 
employ 50 Indigenous people over the next 
two years. The Group is proud to highlight 
the high level of retention amongst its 
Indigenous employees.

Policies and values
Boral’s corporate values were updated 
during the year to reinforce the essential 
principles that guide our decision making 
and our actions. The Group’s core values 
of excellence, integrity, collaboration and 
endurance are the essential elements of 
the Group’s DNA.

In addition, the Group’s Code of Conduct 
requires all employees to observe both the 
letter and the spirit of the law and adhere to 
the highest standards of business conduct 
while striving for Sector Best Performance.

An all new twice yearly personal 
development program has been instituted 
across Boral to manage performance, 
identify high potential employees and 
improve succession planning. In 2011 
a new executive leadership training 
program was introduced with the principal 
objective being to develop the next 
generation of Boral leaders.

Workforce profile
As at 30 June 2011, Boral had 15,227 
full-time equivalent (FTE) employees and 
around 5,600 FTE contractors working 
across its global operations. In addition, 
approximately 4,900 employees were 
working in joint venture operations. The 
number of FTE employees increased 
on the prior year, due to an increase in 
employees in the USA from the purchase 
of the MonierLifetile and Cultured Stone 
businesses. This increase was partially 
offset by decreases in Australia due mainly 
to the sale of the Panels and Scaffolding 
businesses.

The average length of service of Boral 
employees was approximately 8.0 years. 
In Australia and Asia, the average length 
of service has remained largely constant 
at 8.6 years and 5.0 years respectively; 
however, it decreased in the USA to 
7.5 years.

Employee turnover in Australia was 20% in 
FY2011, slightly higher than last year due 
to organisational changes and ongoing 
competition across Australia for skilled 
employees in Boral’s key operations. In 
the USA, staff turnover of 15% was lower 
than the prior year, while in Asia, turnover 
reduced to 15%.

Diversity
Boral encourages gender diversity within the 
workforce and in 2011 a number of gender-
specific programs were implemented 
to underpin the Group’s commitment to 
providing opportunities to female employees 
including training, paid parental leave and 
pay equity for women employees.

At a glance

FTE employees 
JV employees 
FTE contractors 

Average length of service
Aus 
USA 
Asia 
Women in Boral 
Women in management 
Women on the Board 

FY2011 

FY2010

15,227 
~4,900 
~5,600 

14,806
~3,000
~6,000

8.7 yrs
8.6 yrs 
7.5 yrs  11.8 yrs
4.8 yrs
5.0 yrs 
13%
13% 
9%
10% 
13%
25% 

Employees by region

■	Australia 60%
■	Asia 23%
■	USA 17%

  
HEALTH AND SAFETY

Mechanism of injury 

 33

The Group’s commitment to continuously 
improve the rigour and progress of our 
Health and Safety activities was further 
reinforced by the formation of a Health, 
Safety & Environment Committee of  
the Board.

Dr Eileen Doyle has been appointed to 
chair the Committee, and her previous 
experience on large scale operations 
throughout much of her executive career 
is ideally suited to this important new role 
at Boral.

Consistent with our ambitions to deliver a 
safe and injury-free work environment for 
all people who work on Boral sites or for 
Boral, injury statistics for employees and 
contractors are aggregated and reported 
as a single metric. While lag indicators are 
reported, the Group remains focused on 
developing a robust suite of lead indicators 
to enable a more proactive approach to 
managing the Group’s safety outcomes.

Performance
During FY2011, Boral’s Lost Time Injury 
Frequency Rate (LTIFR) for employees and 
contractors reduced to 2.0 from 2.2 in the 
prior year and represented a total of 90  
lost time injuries.

The Group’s overarching strategy is 
to continually reduce our LTIFR and 
percentage hours lost and in 2011 our 
LTIFR of 2.0 for employees and contractors 
combined represented a 19% improvement 
on the prior three year average. The 
percentage hours lost of 0.06 for employees 
and contractors combined is equal to the 
average of the last three years.

During the year, two critical projects were 
developed to assist the Group to move to 
a “zero incident” culture: the introduction 
of iCARE, an internally developed 
behaviourally-based OH&S improvement 
program, and the “one Boral” Safety 
Management System, which standardises 
the current five divisional systems into a 
single whole-of-business system. These 
initiatives will continue to be developed  
and will be implemented across the  
businesses in 2012.

Tragically, there was a fatality on a Boral 
work site in November 2010 when a 
contract traffic controller was struck by 
a reversing truck at an asphalt repair site 
in Queensland. The incident highlighted 
a number of areas where the Group can 
and must improve the robustness of our 
procedures. Our condolences go out to 
the family and friends of the young man 
involved in this terrible incident.

Risk management and injury type
Boral uses statistical injury analysis to 
develop corrective action plans, including 
training and process redesign, to address 
specific risks and areas of concern. Five 
types of incidents made up almost three 
quarters of injuries in Boral’s Australian 
workplaces in FY2011. These were: 
muscular stress (32%), hit by moving 
objects (17%), hitting objects with part 
of the body (13%), falls (9%), and vehicle 
accidents (3%). Actions are being taken to 
focus our OH&S efforts on the root causes 
of these types of incidents going forward.

Employee health and wellbeing
Boral looks to all its employees to be fit for 
work and equipped with the required level 
of fitness to safely undertake their work. 
Pre-employment medical examinations 
are conducted for many of our employees, 
to ensure that they are physically able to 
meet the demands of the job, and in some 
higher-risk roles, regular employment 
medical examinations are also conducted.

1
.
4

Beyond ensuring that employees are  
“fit for the job”, the Group is committed to 
supporting the health and wellbeing of its 
employees. Boral’s employee wellbeing 
program, BWell, continues to be available 
to employees throughout Australia. BWell 
provides three core services: regular 
health assessments, wellbeing awareness 
seminars, and provision of educational 
information on health issues for employees 
and their families. The program aims 
to improve the health and awareness 
of employees through improvements in 
lifestyle and diet.

6
0

■	Muscular stress 
■	Hit by moving objects 
■	Hitting objects with part of the body
■	Falls 
■	Vehicles 
■	Other 

Consolidated employees’  
and contractors’ LTIFR*  

4
.
3

2
.
3

2
.
2

0
.
2

0
.
2

7
0

8
0

9
0

0
1

1
1

* Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate per million  
hours worked

34

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Bob Every  
Non-executive Chairman 
age 66

Mark Selway   
Chief Executive 
age 52

Catherine Brenner  
Non-executive Director 
age 40

Brian Clark  
Non-executive Director 
age 62

Dr Bob Every joined the Boral 
Board in September 2007 and 
became Chairman of Directors on 
1 June 2010. He is the Chairman 
of Wesfarmers Limited. He is also 
a Director of O’Connell Street 
Associates Pty Limited, OCA 
Services Pty Ltd and Chairman of 
Redkite. He was Managing Director 
of Tubemakers of Australia and 
held senior executive positions 
with BHP Limited before becoming 
Managing Director and CEO of 
OneSteel Limited. He is a fellow 
of the Australian Academy of 
Technological Sciences and 
Engineers. He has a science 
degree (honours) and a doctorate 
of philosophy (metallurgy) from the 
University of New South Wales. 

Dr Every is a member of the 
Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee and of the Health, 
Safety & Environment Committee.

Mark Selway became Chief 
Executive of Boral in January 
2010. From 2001 to 2009, Mr 
Selway was the Chief Executive of 
the Weir Group PLC, a Scottish-
headquartered, listed engineering 
business. Before returning to 
Australia to join Boral, Mr Selway 
worked in the UK for more than 13 
years and prior to that, was based 
in the USA for seven years in the 
North American automotive market. 

Mr Selway was previously a 
Director of Lend Lease. He has 
an honorary doctorate from the 
University of West Scotland.

Catherine Brenner was 
appointed to the Boral Board on 
15 September 2010. Ms Brenner 
is a Director of Coca-Cola Amatil 
Limited, AMP Limited and the 
Australian Brandenburg Orchestra. 
Ms Brenner was previously a 
Director of Centennial Coal Limited.

Catherine is a member of the 
Takeovers Panel and a Trustee of 
the Sydney Opera House Trust. Ms 
Brenner has extensive experience 
in corporate finance, previously 
holding the position of Managing 
Director, Investment Banking of 
ABN Amro Australia. Ms Brenner 
holds an MBA from the Australian 
Graduate School of Management, 
and a Bachelor of Laws and 
Bachelor of Economics from 
Macquarie University

Ms Brenner is a member of the 
Audit Committee.  

Dr Brian Clark joined the Boral 
Board in May 2007. He has 
experience as a Director in 
Australia and overseas. He is a 
Director of AMP Limited. In South 
Africa, he was President of the 
Council for Scientific and Industrial 
Research (CSIR) and CEO of 
Telkom SA. He also spent 10 years 
with the UK’s Vodafone Group 
as CEO Vodafone Australia, CEO 
Vodafone Asia Pacific and Group 
Human Resources Director. He 
has a doctorate in physics from the 
University of Pretoria, South Africa 
and completed the Advanced 
Management Program at the 
Harvard Business School.

Dr Clark is Chairman of the 
Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee.

 
 
 
 35

Eileen Doyle   
Non-executive Director 
age 56

Richard Longes   
Non-executive Director 
age 66

John Marlay   
Non-executive Director 
age 62

Paul Rayner   
Non-executive Director 
age 57

Richard Longes joined the Boral 
Board in 2004. He is the Chairman 
of Austbrokers Holdings Limited, 
a Director of Metcash Limited, 
Investec Bank (Australia) Limited 
and Voyages Indigenous Tourism 
Australia Pty Ltd. He was previously 
an executive of Investec Bank, a 
principal of Wentworth Associates, 
the corporate advisory and private 
equity group, and a partner of the 
law firm Freehills. He has arts and 
law degrees from the University 
of Sydney and an MBA from the 
University of New South Wales.

Mr Longes is a member of the 
Audit Committee.

Dr Eileen Doyle joined the Boral 
Board in March 2010. She is a 
Board member of the CSIRO and 
a Director of GPT Group Limited 
and Bradken Limited. She is 
also Chairman of Hunter Valley 
Research Foundation and Director 
of Hunter Founders Forum, which 
are two non-profit organisations. 
Dr Doyle was previously a 
Director of OneSteel Limited and 
Ross Human Directions Limited. 
Dr Doyle’s career in the materials 
and water industries in Australia 
has included five years in senior 
operational roles with CSR Limited. 
Prior to that, Dr Doyle spent 13 
years with BHP Limited in various 
senior operational, marketing and 
planning roles and four years with 
Hunter Water with responsibilities for 
planning and policy development. 
She has a PhD in Applied Statistics 
from the University of Newcastle, 
is a Fulbright Scholar and has an 
Executive MBA from Columbia 
University Business School. She is 
a Fellow of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.

Dr Doyle is Chairman of the Health, 
Safety & Environment Committee 
and a member of the Audit 
Committee.

Paul Rayner joined the Boral 
Board in 2008. He is a Director 
of Qantas Airways Limited, 
Treasury Wine Estates Limited 
and Centrica plc, a UK listed 
company. He is also a member of 
the Rotary Aboriginal and Torres 
Strait Islander Tertiary Scholarship 
Advisory Board. He has held senior 
executive positions in finance and 
operations in Australia including 
Rothmans Holdings Limited and as 
Chief Operating Officer of British 
American Tobacco Australasia 
Limited. He was Finance Director of 
British American Tobacco plc from 
January 2002 until 2008, based 
in London. He has an economics 
degree from the University of 
Tasmania and a Masters of 
Administration from Monash 
University. 

Mr Rayner is Chairman of the Audit 
Committee.

John Marlay joined the Boral Board 
in December 2009. He is a Director 
of Incitec Pivot Limited. He is 
Chairman of the Emissions-Intensive 
Trade-Exposed (EITE) Expert 
Advisory Panel to the Australian 
Government Minister for Climate 
Change and Energy Efficiency. 
He is the Independent Chairman 
of the Tomago Aluminium Company 
Pty Ltd (a joint venture between 
Rio Tinto, Alcan, Gove Aluminium 
Finance Ltd (CSR and AMP) and 
Hydro Aluminium). He was the Chief 
Executive Officer and Managing 
Director of Alumina Limited from 
December 2002 until his retirement 
from that position in 2008. 
Previously, he held senior executive 
positions and directorships with 
Esso Australia Limited, James 
Hardie Industries Limited, Pioneer 
International Group Holdings and 
Hanson plc. He has a Bachelor of 
Science degree from the University 
of Queensland and a Graduate 
Diploma from the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors. He is a 
Fellow of The Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.

Mr Marlay is a member of the 
Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee and of the Health, Safety 
& Environment Committee.

36

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

Introduction
This section of the Annual Report outlines Boral’s governance 
framework. 

•	 considering and making decisions about key management 

recommendations (such as major capital expenditure, 
acquisitions, divestments, restructuring and funding);

Boral is committed to ensuring that its policies and practices 
reflect a high standard of corporate governance. The Directors 
consider that Boral’s governance framework and adherence 
to that framework are fundamental in demonstrating that the 
Directors are accountable to shareholders and are appropriately 
overseeing the management of risk and the future direction of the 
Group to enhance shareholder value.

Throughout FY2011, Boral’s governance arrangements 
were consistent with the Corporate Governance Principles 
and Recommendations released by the ASX Corporate 
Governance Council.

In accordance with the ASX Principles and Recommendations, 
the Boral policies referred to in this Statement have been 
posted to the corporate governance section of Boral’s website: 
www.boral.com.au/corporate_governance.asp.

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations for management 
and oversight
Responsibilities of the Board and management
The Board
Directors are accountable to the shareholders for the Company’s 
performance and governance. Management is responsible for 
implementing the Company’s strategy and objectives, and for 
carrying out the day-to-day management and control of the 
Company’s affairs.

The Board has adopted a Board Charter which sets out those 
functions reserved for the Board and those delegated to 
management.

Copies of the Company’s Board Charter and Constitution are 
available on Boral’s website.

The Board’s responsibilities, as set out in the Board Charter, include:

•	 oversight of the Company including its control and 

accountability systems;

•	 appointing, rewarding and determining the duration of 

the appointment of the Chief Executive and ratifying the 
appointments of senior executives including the Chief Financial 
Officer and the Company Secretary;

•	 reviewing and approving overall financial goals for the Company;

•	 monitoring implementation of strategy, business performance 
and results and ensuring appropriate resources are available;

•	 approving the Company’s financial statements, annual budget 
and monitoring financial performance against approved budget;

•	 reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk management 
and internal control, codes of conduct and legal compliance 
(including in respect of matters of sustainability, safety, health 
and environment);

•	 determining dividend policy and the amount, nature and timing 

of dividends to be paid;

•	 monitoring Board composition, processes and performance;

•	 monitoring the effectiveness of systems in place for keeping the 
market informed, including shareholder and community relations.

Non-executive Directors spend approximately 30 days each year 
on Board business and activities including Board and Committee 
meetings, meetings with senior management to discuss in 
detail the strategic direction of the Company’s businesses, visits 
to operations and meeting employees, customers, business 
associates and other stakeholders. During the year, the Directors 
visited a number of Boral’s sites in Australia, including operations 
at Penrith Lakes and Emu Plains in Western Sydney, and Orange 
Grove Quarry and the Welshpool asphalt plant in Western 
Australia. The Chairman and the Chief Executive also visited sites 
in Indonesia, Korea and China.

Delegation to management
The Board has delegated to the Chief Executive and, through 
the Chief Executive, to other senior executives, responsibility 
for the day-to-day management of the Company’s affairs and 
implementation of the Company’s strategy and policy initiatives. 
The Chief Executive and senior executives operate in accordance 
with Board approved policies and delegated limits of authority, as 
set out in Boral’s Management Guidelines.

Senior executives reporting to the Chief Executive have their roles 
and responsibilities defined in position descriptions, as set out in 
relevant letters of appointment. 

Evaluating the performance of senior executives
The performance of senior executives is reviewed annually 
against appropriate measures as part of Boral’s performance 
management system, which is in place for all managers and staff. 
The system includes processes for the setting of objectives and 
the annual assessment of performance against objectives and 
workplace style and effectiveness.

On an annual basis, the Remuneration & Nomination Committee 
and subsequently the Board formally review the performance of 
the Chief Executive. The criteria assessed are both qualitative 
and quantitative and include profit performance, other financial 
measures, safety performance and strategic actions.

The Chief Executive annually reviews the performance of each 
of Boral’s senior executives, being members of the Operations 
Executive, using criteria consistent with those used for reviewing 
the Chief Executive. The Chief Executive reports to the Board 
through the Remuneration & Nomination Committee on the 
outcome of those reviews. 

Further details on the assessment criteria for Chief Executive 
and senior executive remuneration (including equity-based plans) 
are set out in the Remuneration Report which forms part of the 
Annual Report. 

 37

Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value
Structure of the Board
Together the Board members have a broad range of financial 
and other skills, extensive experience and knowledge necessary 
to oversee Boral’s business. The Board of Directors comprises 
seven non-executive Directors (including the Chairman) and one 
executive Director, the Chief Executive. The roles of Chairman 
and Chief Executive are not exercised by the same individual. The 
skills, experience and expertise of each Director are set out on 
pages 34 and 35 of the Annual Report. 

The Constitution provides that there will be a minimum of three 
Directors and a maximum of 12 Directors on the Board.

During FY2011, Roland Williams retired from the Board (in 
November 2010). 

One new non-executive Director was appointed during FY2011, 
being Catherine Brenner (in September 2010). 

The period of office held by each current Director is:

Richard Longes

Bob Every

Brian Clark

Paul Rayner

John Marlay

Catherine Brenner

Eileen Doyle

Mark Selway, Chief Executive 

Appointed

Last Elected at an Annual 
General Meeting

2004

2007

2007

2008

2009

2010

2010

2010

4 November 2010

4 November 2010

4 November 2010

24 October 2008

4 November 2010

4 November 2010

4 November 2010

Not applicable

These Committees review matters on behalf of the Board and, as 
determined by the relevant Charter:

•	 refer matters to the Board for decision, with a recommendation 

from the Committee; or

•	 determine matters (where the Committee acts with delegated 
authority), which the Committee then reports to the Board. 

Board Committees are discussed further below under Principle 4 
(Audit Committee) and Principle 8 (Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee).

Director independence
The Board has assessed the independence of each of the 
non-executive Directors (including the Chairman) in light of 
their interests and relationships and considers each of them 
to be independent. The criteria considered in assessing the 
independence of non-executive Directors include that:

•	 the Director is not a substantial shareholder of the Company or 
an officer of, or otherwise associated directly with, a substantial 
shareholder;

•	 the Director is not employed, or has not previously been 

employed in an executive capacity by a Boral company or, if the 
Director has been previously employed in an executive capacity, 
there has been a period of at least three years between ceasing 
such employment and serving on the Board;

•	 the Director has not within the last three years been a principal 
of a professional adviser or consultant to a Boral company, or 
an employee associated with the service provided;

•	 the Director is not a significant material supplier or customer 
of a Boral company or an officer of or otherwise associated 
directly or indirectly with a material supplier or customer;

Details of the number of meetings attended by each Director are 
set out on page 45 of the Directors’ Report.

•	 the Director has no material contractual relationship with a Boral 

company other than as a Director.

Chairman’s appointment and responsibilities
The Board selects the Chairman from the non-executive 
independent Directors. The Chairman leads the Board and 
is responsible for the efficient organisation and conduct of 
the Board’s functioning. He ensures that Directors have the 
opportunity to contribute to Board deliberations. The Chairman 
regularly communicates with the Chief Executive to review key 
issues and performance trends. He also represents the Company 
in the wider community.

Committees
To assist the Board to carry out its responsibilities, the Board has 
established an Audit Committee, a Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee and in July 2011, a Health, Safety & Environment 
Committee. The qualifications of each Committee member are 
set out on pages 34 and 35, and the number of meetings they 
attended during the reporting period are set out on page 45 
of the Directors’ Report. 

It is considered that none of the interests of Directors with other 
firms or companies having a business relationship with Boral 
could materially interfere with the ability of those Directors to 
act in Boral’s best interests. Material in the context of Director 
independence is, generally speaking, regarded as being 5% of the 
revenue of the supplier, customer or other entity being attributable 
to the association with a Boral company or companies.

Accordingly, all of the non-executive Directors (including the 
Chairman) are considered independent.

Nomination and appointment of Directors
Board succession planning, and the progressive and orderly 
renewal of its Board membership, are an important part of the 
governance process. 

The Board’s policy for the selection, appointment and 
re-appointment of Directors is to ensure that the Board possesses 
an appropriate range of skills, experience and expertise to enable 
the Board to carry out its responsibilities most effectively. As part 
of this appointment process, the Directors consider Board renewal 
and succession plans and whether the Board is of a size and 
composition that is conducive to making appropriate decisions.

38

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

Corporate Governance Statement  
Continued

The appointment of Catherine Brenner as a non-executive Director 
in September 2010 followed a process during which the full Board 
assessed the necessary and desirable competencies of potential 
candidates and considered a number of names before deciding 
on the most suitable candidate for appointment. The selection 
process includes obtaining assistance from an external consultant, 
where appropriate, to identify and assess suitable candidates. 
Candidates identified as being suitable are interviewed by a 
number of Directors. Confirmation is sought from prospective 
Directors that they would have sufficient time to fulfil their duties 
as a Director.

At the time of appointment of a new non-executive Director, the 
key terms and conditions relative to that person’s appointment, 
the Board’s responsibilities and the Company’s expectations 
of a Director are set out in a letter of appointment. All current 
Directors have been provided with a letter confirming their terms 
of appointment. 

The Remuneration & Nomination Committee has responsibility 
for making recommendations to the Board on matters such 
as succession plans for the Board, suitable candidates 
for appointment to the Board, Board induction and Board 
evaluation procedures. 

Induction
Management, with the Board, provides an orientation program for 
new Directors. The program includes discussions with executives 
and management, the provision to the new Director of materials 
such as the Strategic Plan and the Share Trading Policy, site 
visits to some of Boral’s key operations and discussions with 
other Directors. 

Tenure of Directorships
Under the Company’s Constitution, and as required by the ASX 
Listing Rules, a Director must not hold office (without re-election) 
past the longer of the third Annual General Meeting and three 
years following that Director’s last election or appointment. 
Retiring Directors are eligible for re-election. When a vacancy is 
filled by the Board during a year, the new Director must stand for 
election at the next Annual General Meeting. The requirements 
relating to retirement from office do not apply to the Managing 
Director of the Company.

The Directors have adopted a policy that the tenure of non-
executive Directors should generally be no longer than nine years. 
A non-executive Director may continue to hold office after a nine 
year term only if the Director is re-elected by shareholders at each 
subsequent Annual General Meeting. It is expected that this would 
be recommended by the Board in exceptional circumstances only.

The Board does not regard nominations for re-election as being 
automatic but rather being based on the individual performance 
of Directors and the needs of the Company. Before the business 
to be conducted at the Annual General Meeting is finalised, the 
Board discusses the tenure of Directors standing for re-election in 
the absence of those Directors.

Evaluation of Board performance 
The Board periodically undertakes an evaluation of the 
performance of the Board and its Committees. The evaluation 
encompasses a review of the structure and operation of the 
Board, the skills and characteristics required by the Board 
to maximise its effectiveness and whether the blending of 
skills, experience and expertise and the Board’s practices and 
procedures are appropriate for the present and future needs of the 
Company. Steps involved in the evaluation include the completion 
of a questionnaire by each Director, review of responses to 
the questionnaire at a Board Meeting and a private discussion 
between the Chairman and each other Director.

An evaluation of the performance of the Board and of individual 
Directors took place in FY2011 in accordance with the process 
described above. An evaluation of the performance of the Board 
Committees will be undertaken in FY2012.

Conflicts of Interest
In accordance with Boral’s Constitution and the Corporations 
Act, Directors are required to declare the nature of any interest 
they have in business to be dealt with by the Board. Except as 
permitted by the Corporations Act 2001, Directors with a material 
personal interest in a matter being considered by the Board may 
not be present when the matter is being considered and may not 
vote on the matter. 

Access to information, independent advice 
and indemnification
After consultation with the Chairman, Directors may seek 
independent professional advice, in furtherance of their duties, at 
the Company’s expense. Directors also have access to members 
of senior management at any time to request relevant information. 

The Company Secretary provides advice and support 
to the Board and is responsible for Boral’s day-to-day 
governance framework. 

Under the Company’s Constitution and agreements with Directors 
and to the extent permitted by law, the Company indemnifies 
Directors and executive officers against liabilities to third parties 
incurred in their capacity as officers of the Company and against 
certain legal costs incurred in defending an action for such 
a liability.

 39

Principle 3: Promote ethical and responsible 
decision making
Conduct and ethics
The Board’s policy is that Boral companies and employees must 
observe both the letter and spirit of the law, and adhere to high 
standards of business conduct and comply with best practice. 
Boral’s Management Guidelines contain a Code of Corporate 
Conduct and other guidelines and policies which set out legal 
and ethical standards for employees. As part of performance 
management, employees are assessed against the Boral Values of 
excellence, integrity, collaboration and endurance.

This policy and the Code guide the Directors, the Chief Executive, 
the Chief Financial Officer, the Company Secretary and other key 
executives as to the practices necessary to maintain confidence 
in the Company’s integrity and as to the responsibility and 
accountability of individuals for reporting, and investigating reports 
of, unethical practices. The Code also guides compliance with 
legal and other obligations to stakeholders. 

A copy of Boral’s Code of Corporate Conduct is available on 
Boral’s website.

Dealings in Boral shares
Under Boral’s Share Trading Policy, trading in Boral shares by 
Directors, senior executives and other designated employees is 
restricted to the following trading windows:

•	 the 30 day period beginning on the day after the release of 

Boral’s interim results;

•	 the 30 day period beginning on the day after the release of 

Boral’s full year results;

•	 the 30 day period beginning on the day after the Annual General 

Meeting; and

•	 any other period designated by the Board (for example, during a 

period of enhanced disclosure). 

Trading in Boral shares at any time is of course subject to the 
overriding prohibition on trading while in possession of inside 
information. 

The Policy precludes executives from entering into any hedge or 
derivative transactions relating to options or share rights granted 
to them as long term incentives, regardless of whether or not the 
options or share rights have vested. 

Under the Share Trading Policy, Directors and senior executives 
are required to notify the Company Secretary (or, in the case of 
trading by Directors, the Chairman) before and after trading. 

Breaches of the Policy are treated seriously and may lead 
to disciplinary action being taken against the executive, 
including dismissal.

A copy of Boral’s Share Trading Policy is available on 
Boral’s website.

Share dealings by Directors are promptly notified to the ASX. 
Directors must hold a minimum of 1,000 Boral shares.

Principle 4: Safeguard integrity in financial reporting
Audit Committee
Boral has an Audit Committee which assists the effective 
operation of the Board. The Audit Committee comprises only 
independent non-executive Directors. Its members are:

Paul Rayner (Chairman)

Richard Longes 

Eileen Doyle 

Catherine Brenner (from 15 September 2010)

The Committee met six times during FY2011.

The Audit Committee has a formal Charter which sets out its 
role and responsibilities, composition, structure and membership 
requirements. Its responsibilities include review and oversight of:

•	 the financial information provided to shareholders and the 

public;

•	 the integrity and quality of Boral’s financial statements and 

disclosures;

•	 the systems and processes that the Board and management 

have established to identify and manage areas of significant risk; 
and

•	 Boral’s auditing, accounting and financial reporting processes. 

The Committee has the necessary power and resources to meet 
its responsibilities under its Charter, including rights of access 
to management and auditors (internal and external) and to seek 
explanations and additional information.

The Audit Committee Charter is available on Boral’s website.

Accounting and financial control policies and procedures have 
been established and are monitored by the Committee to ensure 
the financial reports and other records are accurate and reliable. 
Any new accounting policies are reviewed by the Committee. 
Compliance with these procedures and policies and limits of 
authority delegated by the Board to management are subject to 
review by the external and internal auditors.

When considering the yearly and half yearly financial reports, the 
Audit Committee reviews the carrying value of assets, provisions 
and other accounting issues.

Questionnaires completed by divisional management are reviewed 
by the Committee half yearly.

As required by the Corporations Act 2001 for year end financial 
reports, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer give a 
declaration to the Directors that the Company’s financial records 
have been properly maintained and that the financial reports give 
a true and fair view before the Board resolves that the Directors’ 
Declaration accompanying the financial reports be signed.

40

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

Corporate Governance Statement  
Continued

At each scheduled meeting of the Committee, both external and 
internal auditors report to the Committee on the outcome of their 
audits and the quality of controls throughout Boral. As part of its 
agenda, the Audit Committee meets with the external and internal 
auditors, in the absence of the Chief Executive and the Chief 
Financial Officer, at least twice during the year.

The Chairman of the Audit Committee reports to the full Board 
after Committee Meetings. Minutes of Meetings of the Audit 
Committee are included in the papers for the next full Board 
Meeting after each Committee Meeting.

External auditor
Boral’s external auditor is KPMG. The scope of the external audit 
and the effectiveness, performance and independence of the 
external auditor are reviewed by the Audit Committee.

If circumstances arise where it becomes necessary to replace the 
external auditor, the Audit Committee will formalise a process for 
the selection and appointment of a new auditor and recommend 
to the Board the external auditor to be appointed to fill the 
vacancy.

The Chief Executive, the Chief Financial Officer and the General 
Counsel and Company Secretary are responsible for determining 
whether or not information is required to be disclosed to the ASX. 

A copy of Boral’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is available on 
Boral’s website.

Principle 6: Respect the rights of shareholders
Communications with shareholders
The Company’s policy is to promote effective communication 
with shareholders and other investors so that they understand 
how to assess relevant information about Boral and its 
corporate proposals.

Shareholders may elect to receive annual reports electronically or 
to receive notifications via email when reports are available online. 
Hardcopy annual reports are provided to those shareholders who 
elect to receive them. While companies are not required to send 
annual reports to shareholders other than those who have elected 
to receive them, any shareholder who has not made an election 
is sent an easy-to-read summary of the Annual Report, called the 
Shareholder Review.

The Audit Committee monitors procedures to ensure the rotation 
of external audit engagement partners every five years as required 
by the Corporations Act 2001.

The Audit Committee has approved a process for the monitoring 
and reporting of non-audit work to be undertaken by the external 
auditor. Services by the external auditor which are prohibited 
because they have the potential or appear to impair independence 
include the participation in activities normally undertaken by 
management, being remunerated on a “success fee” basis and 
where the external auditor would be required to review their work 
as part of the audit.

The Independence Declaration by the external auditor is set out 
on page 47. 

Internal audit
The internal audit function is a co-sourced arrangement consisting 
of a dedicated Boral team and PricewaterhouseCoopers. The 
internal audit program is approved by the Audit Committee before 
the start of each year and the effectiveness of the function is kept 
under review.

All formal reporting and company announcements made to the 
ASX are published on Boral’s website after receipt of confirmation 
of lodgment has been received from the ASX. Furthermore, Boral 
has an email list of investors, analysts and other interested parties 
who are sent relevant announcements via email alert after those 
announcements have been lodged with the ASX. Announcements 
are also sent to major media outlets and newswire services for 
broader dissemination. 

Boral encourages shareholders to attend and participate in all 
general meetings including annual general meetings. Shareholders 
are entitled to ask questions about the management of the 
Company and of the auditor as to its conduct of the audit and 
preparation of its reports.

Notices of Meeting are accompanied by explanatory notes to 
provide shareholders with information to enable them to decide 
whether to attend and how to vote upon the business of the 
meeting. Full copies of Notices of Meeting and explanatory notes 
are posted on Boral’s website. If shareholders are unable to attend 
general meetings, they may vote by appointing a proxy using the 
form attached to the Notice of Meeting or an online facility.

Principle 5: Make timely and balanced disclosure
The Company appreciates the importance of timely and adequate 
disclosure to the market, and is committed to making timely 
and balanced disclosure of all material matters and to effective 
communication with its shareholders and investors so as to give 
them ready access to balanced and understandable information.

Shareholders are invited, at the time of receiving the Notice of 
Meeting, to put forward questions that they would like addressed 
at the Annual General Meeting. 

A copy of Boral’s policy on Communications with Shareholders is 
available on Boral’s website.

The Company complies with all relevant disclosure laws and 
ASX Listing Rule requirements and has in place mechanisms 
designed to ensure compliance with those requirements, including 
the Continuous Disclosure Policy adopted by the Board. These 
mechanisms also ensure accountability at a senior executive level 
for that compliance. 

 41

The internal audit function is involved in risk assessment and 
management and the measurement of effectiveness. The internal 
and external audit functions are separate and independent of 
each other.

The Board has acknowledged that the material provided to 
it on risks has enabled it to review the effectiveness of the 
risk management and internal control system to manage the 
Company’s material business risks.

Compliance
The Company has adopted policies requiring compliance with 
occupational health, safety, environment, competition and 
consumer laws.

There are also procedures providing employees with alternative 
means to usual management communication lines through 
which to raise concerns relating to suspected illegal or unethical 
conduct. The Company acknowledges that whistleblowing can 
be an appropriate means to protect Boral and individuals and 
to ensure that operations and businesses are conducted within 
the law.

There are ongoing programs for the audit of the large number 
of Boral operating sites. Occupational health and safety, 
environmental and other risks are covered by these audits. 
Boral also has staff to monitor and advise on workplace health 
and safety and environmental issues and in addition, education 
programs provide training and information on regulatory issues.

Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer declaration
The Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer have provided 
the Directors with a declaration in accordance with section 295A 
of the Corporations Act 2001 for FY2011. The Board confirms 
that it has received assurance from the Chief Executive and the 
Chief Financial Officer that the above declaration was founded 
on a sound system of risk management and internal control, and 
that such system is operating effectively in all material respects in 
relation to financial reporting risks. 

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk
Risk identification and management
The managers of Boral’s businesses are responsible for identifying 
and managing risks. The Board (through the Audit Committee) 
is responsible for satisfying itself that a sound system of risk 
oversight and management exists and that internal controls are 
effective. In particular, the Board ensures that:

•	 the principal strategic, operational, financial reporting and 

compliance risks are identified; and

•	 systems are in place to assess, manage, monitor and report 

on these risks.

Under the supervision of the Board, management is responsible 
for designing and implementing risk management and internal 
control systems to manage the Company’s material business 
risks. Boral’s senior management has reported to the Board on 
the effectiveness of the management of the material business risks 
faced by Boral during FY2011. 

Risk management matters are analysed and discussed by the 
Board at least annually and more frequently if required.

Boral has numerous risk management systems and policies 
that govern the management of risk. In addition to maintaining 
appropriate insurance and other risk management measures, 
identified risks are managed through:

•	 established policies and procedures for the managing of 

funding, foreign exchange and financial instruments (including 
derivatives) including the prohibition of speculative transactions; 
the Board has approved Treasury policies regarding exposures 
to foreign currencies, interest rates, commodity price, liquidity 
and counterparty risks which include limits and authority levels; 
compliance with these policies is reported to the Board monthly 
and certified by Treasury management and the Audit Committee 
twice yearly;

•	 key business risks being identified on a site, business and 
divisional basis and rolled up on a Group-wide basis and 
reported to the Directors;

•	 policies, standards and procedures in relation to health, safety 

and environment matters;

•	 training programs in relation to legal and compliance issues 
such as competition law, intellectual property protection, 
occupational health and safety and environment matters;

•	 procedures requiring that significant capital and revenue 

expenditure and other contractual commitments are approved 
at an appropriate level of management or by the Board; and

•	 comprehensive management guidelines setting out the 

standards of behaviour expected of employees in the conduct 
of the Company’s business. 

42

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

Corporate Governance Statement  
Continued

Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly
Remuneration & Nomination Committee
The Board has a Remuneration & Nomination Committee which 
comprises three independent non-executive Directors. 

The members of the Committee are:

Brian Clark (Chairman)

Bob Every 

John Marlay

The Committee met on six occasions during FY2011. 

The Remuneration & Nomination Committee has a formal Charter 
which sets out its role and responsibilities, composition structure 
and membership requirements. 

A copy of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee Charter is 
available on Boral’s website.

The Committee makes recommendations to the full Board on 
remuneration arrangements for the Chief Executive and senior 
executives and, as appropriate, on other aspects arising from 
its functions.

Part of the role of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee is 
to advise the Board on the remuneration policies and practices 
for Boral generally and the remuneration arrangements for senior 
executives.

Boral’s remuneration policy and practices are designed to attract, 
motivate and retain high quality people. The policy is built around 
principles that:

•	 executive rewards be competitive in the markets in which Boral 

operates;

•	 executive remuneration has an appropriate balance of fixed and 

variable reward;

•	 remuneration be linked to Boral’s performance and the creation 

of shareholder value;

•	 variable remuneration for executives has both short and long 

term components;

•	 a significant proportion of executive reward be dependent upon 

performance assessed against key business measures.

These principles ensure that the level and composition of 
remuneration is sufficient and reasonable and that its relationship 
to corporate and individual performance is defined.

In line with amendments to the ASX Principles and 
Recommendations, the Remuneration & Nomination Committee 
will annually review and report to the Board on gender diversity in 
Boral’s workforce. Boral’s approach to diversity is set out in the 
sustainability section of the Annual Report on page 32.

Remuneration of non-executive Directors
The remuneration of the non-executive Directors is fixed and 
they do not receive any options, variable remuneration or other 
performance related incentives. Nor are there any schemes for 
retirement benefits for non-executive Directors. 

Further information relating to the remuneration of the non-
executive Directors is set out in the Remuneration Report on 
page 62. 

Conclusion
While the Board is satisfied with its level of compliance with 
governance requirements, it recognises that practices and 
procedures can always be improved. Accordingly, the corporate 
governance framework of the Company will be kept under review 
to take account of changing standards and regulations. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors of Boral Limited (‘Company’) report on the 
consolidated entity, being the Company and its controlled entities 
(‘Group’or ‘Boral’), for the financial year ended 30 June 2011:

(1) Review of operations
A review of the operations of Boral during the year and the 
results of those operations are contained in the Chairman’s 
Review and the Chief Executive’s Review on pages 4 to 9 
of the Annual Report.

(2) State of affairs
The following significant changes in Boral’s state of affairs 
occurred during the year:

•	 the Group undertook a capital raising of $479.8 million net of 

transaction costs of $11.8 million. The capital raising consisted 
of a 1 for 5 accelerated renounceable entitlement offer at an 
offer price of $4.10 per share. The capital raising resulted in 
the issue of 68,332,173 ordinary shares under the Institutional 
Entitlement offer and 51,568,446 ordinary shares under the 
Retail Entitlement offer;

•	 Roland Williams retired as a non-executive Director of the Board of 
Directors at the Annual General Meeting on 4 November 2010 and 
Catherine Brenner was appointed a non-executive Director of the 
Board of Directors, effective 15 September 2010; and

•	 the Group reported net profit after tax of $167.7m after 
recognising $7.7m of net significant items related to 
manufacturing capacity rationalisation, insurance claims 
recovery, acquisition and due diligence expenditures and 
resolution of prior year tax matters.

(3) Principal activities and changes
Boral’s principal activities are the manufacture and supply of 
building and construction materials in Australia, the USA and Asia. 
There were no significant changes in the nature of those activities 
during the year.

(4) Events after end of financial year
There are no matters or circumstances that have arisen since 
the end of the year that have significantly affected, or may 
significantly affect:

(a) Boral’s operations in future financial years; or

(b) the results of those operations in future financial years; or

(c) Boral’s state of affairs in future financial years, 

other than the following:

•	 entering into an agreement (which is subject to ACCC clearance) 
to acquire the construction materials assets and operations of the 
Sunshine Coast Quarries Group for $81.5 million;

•	 entering into an agreement to acquire Lafarge’s 50% interest in the 
joint venture Lafarge Boral Gypsum in Asia Sdn Bhd (LBGA) for 
consideration of €429 million (AUD $598 m) on an enterprise value 
basis. After adjusting for net debt and non-controlling interests, 
the acquisition equity value is €380 million (AUD $530 million). As 
part of the acquisition the Group will be required to fair value its 
existing investment in LBGA.

 43

(5) Future developments and results
Other than matters referred to under the heading ‘Prospects’ 
in the Chief Executive’s Review on page 9 of this Report, the 
Directors have no comments to make on likely developments 
in Boral’s operations in future financial years and the expected 
results of those operations.

(6) Environmental performance
Details of Boral’s performance in relation to environmental 
regulation are set out under Environment on page 29 of 
this Report.

(7) Other information
Other than information in the Annual Report, there is no 
information that shareholders of the Company would reasonably 
require to make an informed assessment of:

(a) the operations of Boral; and

(b) the financial position of Boral; and

(c) Boral’s business strategies and its prospects for future 

financial years.

(8) Dividends paid or resolved to be paid 
Dividends paid to shareholders during the year were:

the final dividend of 6.5 cents per ordinary share 
(fully franked at the 30% corporate tax rate) 
for the year ended 30 June 2010 was paid on 
28 September 2010

the interim dividend of 7.5 cents per ordinary share 
(fully franked at the 30% corporate tax rate) for the 
year was paid on 24 March 2011

Total Dividend  
$m

46.7

54.3

The Directors have resolved to pay a final dividend of 7.0 cents 
per ordinary share (fully franked at the 30% corporate tax rate) for 
FY2011. The dividend will be paid on 27 September 2011.

(9) Names of Directors
The names of persons who have been Directors of the Company 
during or since the end of the year are:

Bob Every 
Mark Selway
Catherine Brenner
Brian Clark 
Eileen Doyle
Richard Longes
John Marlay
Paul Rayner
Roland Williams

Dr Clark, Dr Doyle, Dr Every, Mr Longes, Mr Marlay, Mr Rayner 
and Mr Selway have been Directors at all times during and since 
the end of the year. Ms Brenner was appointed a Director on 
15 September 2010 and has been a Director at all times  
since that date.

Dr Williams was a Director from 1 July 2010 to 4 November 2010, 
on which date he retired from the Board. 

44

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

Directors’ Report  
Continued

(10) Options
Details of options that are granted over unissued shares of the Company, options that lapsed during the year and shares of the 
Company that were issued during the year as a result of the exercise of options are as follows:

Grant date

Expiry date

29/10/2003

29/10/2010

29/10/2004

29/10/2011

31/10/2005

31/10/2012

06/11/2006

06/11/2013

06/11/2007

06/11/2014

Exercise  
price

$5.52

$6.55

$7.65

$7.27

$6.78

Balance at  
beginning  
of year

Number

 2,269,010 

 1,742,200 

 2,905,600 

 4,229,100 

 5,538,100 

 16,684,010 

Options  
issued  
during  
the year

Number

Options  
lapsed  
during 
the year

Number

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

 2,269,010 

 205,500 

 352,900 

 405,200 

 548,300 

 3,780,910 

Shares issued 
during the year  
as a result of 
exercise  
of options

Options at 
end of year

Options 
exerciseable

Number

Number

Number

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,536,700 

 2,552,700 

–

–

–

 3,823,900 

 1,911,950 

 4,989,800 

 4,291,228 

 12,903,100 

 6,203,178 

The options referred to above were held by 129 individuals.

Each option granted over unissued shares of the Company 
entitles the holder to subscribe for one fully paid share in the 
capital of the Company. Option holders have no rights under any 
options to participate in any share issue or interest issue of any 
body corporate other than the Company. No unissued shares and 
interests of the Company or any controlled entity are under option 
other than as set out in this clause.

The exercise price of options issued in respect of the 2003 to 
2007 tranches have been amended in accordance with the terms 
of the Boral Senior Executive Option Plan to allow for the impact 
of the capital raising undertaken during the year, which resulted in 
a five cent reduction in the exercise price.

(11) Indemnities and insurance for officers and auditors
During or since the end of the year, Boral has not given any 
indemnity to a current or former officer or auditor against a liability 
or made any agreement under which an officer or auditor may be 
given any indemnity of the kind covered by sub-section 199A (2) 
or (3) of the Corporations Act 2001.

During the year, Boral paid premiums in respect of Directors’ and 
Officers’ Liability and Legal Expenses insurance contracts for the 
year ended 30 June 2011 and since the end of the year, Boral has 
paid, or agreed to pay, premiums in respect of such contracts for 
the year ending 30 June 2012. The insurance contracts insure 
against certain liability (subject to exclusions) in respect of persons 
who are or have been Directors or officers of the Company and 
controlled entities. A condition of the contracts is that the nature of 
the liability indemnified and the premium payable not be disclosed.

(12) Directors’ qualifications, experience and special 
responsibilities and directorships of other listed companies 
in the last three financial years
Each Director’s qualifications, experience and special 
responsibilities are set out on pages 34 to 35 of the 
Annual Report.

Details for each Director of all directorships of other listed 
companies held at any time in the three years before the end 
of the financial year and the period for which such directorships 
have been held are:

Bob Every 
Iluka Resources Limited from March 2004 to May 2010 
Wesfarmers Limited from February 2006 (current)

Mark Selway 
Lend Lease Corporation Limited from June 2008 until 
February 2010

Catherine Brenner 
Coca-Cola Amatil Limited from April 2008 (current) 
AMP Limited from June 2010 (current) 
Centennial Coal Limited from 2005 to September 2010 
Cryosite Limited from 2006 to October 2008

Brian Clark 
AMP Limited from January 2008 (current)

Eileen Doyle 
GPT Group Limited from March 2010 (current) 
Bradken Limited from July 2011 (current) 
Ross Human Directions Limited from July 2005 to 
December 2010 
OneSteel Limited from October 2000 to November 2010 

Richard Longes 
Austbrokers Holdings Limited from November 2005 (current) 
Metcash Limited from April 2005 (current)

John Marlay 
Incitec Pivot Limited from December 2006 (current) 

Paul Rayner 
Centrica plc from September 2004 (current) 
Qantas Airways Limited from July 2008 (current) 
Treasury Wine Estates Limited from May 2011 (current)

Roland Williams 
Origin Energy Limited from 2000 until October 2010

 
 
 
 
 45

(13) Meetings of Directors
The number of Meetings of the Board of Directors and each Board Committee held during the year and each Director’s attendance at 
those Meetings are set out below:

Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Remuneration &  
Nomination Committee

Meetings held  
while a Director

Meetings  
attended

Meetings held  
while a member

Meetings  
attended

Meetings held  
while a member

Meetings  
attended

Catherine Brenner

Brian Clark 

Eileen Doyle

Bob Every 

Richard Longes 

John Marlay

Mark Selway

Paul Rayner

Roland Williams

8

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

5

8

12

11

12

12

11

12

11

4

3

–

6

–

6

–

–

6

3

3

–

5

–

5

–

–

6

3

–

6

–

6

–

6

–

–

–

–

6

–

5

–

6

–

–

–

Mark Selway, Chief Executive, is not a member of the Audit Committee or Remuneration & Nomination Committee, but attended all of 
the Meetings held by those Committees from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2011.

Bob Every is not a member of the Audit Committee but attended four of the six meetings held by that Committee from 1 July 2010 to 
30 June 2011.

(14) Company Secretary
Margaret Taylor was appointed General Counsel and Company Secretary of Boral Limited in November 2008. Prior to joining Boral, 
Margaret was Regional Counsel Australia/Asia with BHP Billiton, and prior to that she was a partner with law firm Minter Ellison for many 
years, specialising in corporate and securities law. Margaret holds law and arts degrees from the University of Queensland. 

Dominic Millgate was appointed Assistant Company Secretary of Boral Limited in November 2010. He has previously been legal 
counsel and company secretary for listed entities in Australia and Singapore, and has held legal roles in London and Sydney. He is a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries, and holds a finance degree from the University of New England and a law degree from 
the University of Sydney.

46

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

Directors’ Report  
Continued

(15) Directors’ shareholdings
Set out below are details of each Director’s relevant interests in the shares and other securities of the Company as at 30 June 2011 (or, 
in the case of Roland Williams, as at the date on which he ceased to be a Director):

Catherine Brenner

Brian Clark

Eileen Doyle

Bob Every 

Richard Longes 

John Marlay

Paul Rayner 

Mark Selway

Roland Williams

Shares

5,000

66,608

1,234

65,605

17,581

4,781

26,366 

21,864

55,405

Non-executive Directors’ 
Share Plan a

Options 

Share Acquisition 
Rights (SARs) b

–

5,329

–

4,616

10,144

–

1,790

–

26,916

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

734,853 c

–

c  The SARs held by Mark Selway as at 26 August 2011 are 

as follows:

Number of SARs

431,034

303,819

Expiry Date

1 January 2017 

12 November 2017 

(16) No officers are former auditors
No officer of the Company has been a partner in an audit firm, or 
a Director of an audit company, that is an auditor of the Company 
during the year or was such a partner or Director at a time when 
the audit firm or the audit company undertook an audit of the 
Company.

(17) Non-Audit Services 
Amounts paid or payable to Boral’s auditor, KPMG, for non-audit 
services provided during the year by KPMG totalled $1,875,000. 
These services consisted of:

Taxation compliance in Australia

Taxation compliance/due diligence related services 
in jurisdictions other than in Australia

$115,000

$1,222,000

Australian due diligence and other services 

$538,000

In accordance with advice from the Company’s Audit Committee, 
Directors are satisfied that the provision of the above non-audit 
services during the year by the auditor is compatible with the 
general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

The shares are held in the name of the Director except in the 
case of:

•	 Brian Clark, 43,934 shares are held by MCG Wealth 

Management Australia Nominees Pty Limited –  and 21,004 shares are held by MCG Wealth 
Management Australia Nominees Pty Limited – JBC Investment 
Holdings Pty Ltd ;

•	 Bob Every, 30,000 shares are held by RBC Dexia Investor 

Service Australia Nominees Pty Ltd ;

•	 Richard Longes, 12,000 shares are held by Gemnet Pty Limited 

for Richard Longes Superannuation Fund;

•	 John Marlay, 1,028 shares are held by The Marlay 

Superannuation Fund; and

•	 Paul Rayner, 25,115 shares are held by Yarradale Investments 

Pty Ltd.

Shares or other securities with rights of conversion to equity in the 
Company or in a related body corporate are not otherwise held by 
any Directors of the Company. There were no disposals of such 
securities by any Directors or their Director-related entities during 
the financial year.

a  Shares in the Company allocated to the Director’s account in 

the Non-Executive Directors’ Share Plan. Directors will only be 
entitled to a transfer of the shares in accordance with the terms 
and conditions of the Plan. No shares were allocated to non-
executive Directors during FY2011.

b  The SARs are rights to acquire shares in the Company under 

the Boral Senior Executive Performance Share Plan. The SARs 
will vest only to the extent to which the performance hurdle, 
which is measured by comparing the TSR of the Company to 
the TSR of the companies comprising the ASX 100 during the 
vesting period, is satisfied.

 47

Also in accordance with advice from the Audit Committee, 
Directors are satisfied that the provision of those non-audit 
services during the year by the auditor did not compromise 
the auditor independence requirements of the  
Corporations Act 2001 because:

•	 Directors are not aware of any reason to question the 

auditor’s independence declaration under section 307C of the 
Corporations Act 2001;

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration
under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To: the Directors of Boral Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation 
to the audit for the financial year ended 30 June 2011 there have 
been:

•	 the nature of the non-audit services provided is not inconsistent 

(i)    no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements 

with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001; and

•	 provision of the non-audit services is consistent with the 

processes in place for the Audit Committee to monitor the 
independence of the auditor.

as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; 
and

(ii)   no contraventions of any applicable code of professional 

conduct in relation to the audit.

(18) Auditor’s Independence Declaration
The auditor’s independence declaration made under section 307C 
of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 47 of the Annual 
Report and forms part of this Report.

(19) Remuneration Report
The Remuneration Report is set out on pages 48 to 62 of the 
Annual Report and forms part of this Report.

KPMG

(20) Proceedings on behalf of the Company
No application under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001 
has been made in respect of the Company and there are no 
proceedings that a person has brought or intervened in on behalf 
of the Company under that section.

Greg Boydell

PARTNER

(21) Rounding of amounts
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/100 
and in accordance with that Class Order, amounts in the financial 
report and Directors’ Report have been rounded off to the nearest 
one hundred thousand dollars unless otherwise indicated.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

Sydney, 5 September 2011

Bob Every 
Director

Mark Selway 
Director

Sydney, 5 September 2011

48

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

2011 REMUNERATION REPORT 
MESSAGE FROM THE BOARD

The Board remains committed to ensuring that Boral’s remuneration practices are 
properly aligned with shareholder value creation over the short and long term, and that 
these practices work to appropriately motivate, reward and retain executives. 

CONTENTS

MESSAGE FROM THE BOARD 

2011 REMUNERATION IN BRIEF 

REMUNERATION REPORT  
INTRODUCTION 

48

49

51

SENIOR EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION  52

COMPANY PERFORMANCE  
OUTCOMES 

57

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION TABLE  61

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’  
REMUNERATION 

62

Our remuneration policies and practices are focused on linking 
performance and reward while taking into consideration the challenges 
that face companies, such as Boral, in cyclical industries.

During the year, the Board confirmed its appointment of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers as its remuneration adviser to provide 
independent remuneration consulting services. They have been appointed 
for a three year term, and the scope of individual assignments is agreed 
when advice is sought. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers assisted with reviews and benchmarking of 
the Company’s short term and long term incentive programs, the Chief 
Executive’s remuneration and non-executive Director remuneration. 
The aim of these reviews has been to pursue ongoing improvements 
in Boral’s remuneration practices to ensure that they align with the 
Company’s strategic objectives, market expectations and regulatory 
requirements.

We have retained the format of last year’s Remuneration Report, 
including a brief overview which provides shareholders with a “plain 
English” version of our remuneration practices. The detailed report which 
follows has been prepared in accordance with statutory obligations and 
accounting standards.

The Board encourages input from Boral’s shareholders; it helps to shape 
our decision making.

We commend Boral’s 2011 Remuneration Report to you.

Bob Every 
Chairman of the Board 

Brian Clark 
Chairman of the Remuneration  
& Nomination Committee

 
 
 
 49

2011 REMUNERATION 
IN BRIEF

The Board is committed to clear and transparent disclosure of 
the Company’s remuneration arrangements. This remuneration 
snapshot sets out the key details regarding Director and senior 
executive remuneration for FY2011. The full Remuneration Report 
provides greater detail regarding the remuneration structures, 
decisions and outcomes for Boral in FY2011. 

The main changes include fewer performance measures which 
are now entirely focused on the achievement of the financial 
outcomes, which in FY2011 included earnings and working 
capital management. In previous years, a number of non-financial 
measures were also included.

Particular events and actions that impacted Boral’s remuneration 
structure and outcomes for FY2011 were:

•	 revised performance conditions for the Short Term Incentive 

(STI) which focus wholly on achievement of financial 
outcomes including earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 
and improvement in working capital management; important 
non-financial measures continue to be managed rigorously 
but separately from the STI Plan through the performance 
management process;

•	 despite improved financial performance relative to last year, 

outcomes in many businesses have been lower than budget; 
the impact of lower than budget performance has resulted in 
much reduced Short Term Incentive across the Group; 

•	 a comprehensive review of the structure and provisions of the 
Long Term Incentive Plan including independent advice from 
PricewaterhouseCoopers;

•	 review of executive remuneration arrangements and 

independent remuneration advice in light of legislative changes.

Each of these matters is discussed in this snapshot and in more 
detail in the full Remuneration Report.

Revised performance conditions for the Short Term 
Incentive Plan
A strategic review of Boral’s portfolio of businesses was 
completed in the second half of FY2010. Boral’s new divisional 
structure now includes Boral Building Products, Boral 
Construction Materials, Cement, USA and Construction Related 
Businesses. Each of these divisions is focused on manufacturing 
and sales and marketing excellence, working together and 
reducing complexity.

The Company recognised that introducing these organisational 
changes required a fundamental change to STI Plan performance 
measures to better align them with the Company’s purpose 
of creating sustainable solutions for a worldwide building 
and construction industry. The Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee, with advice from independent advisers and 
consultation with management, supported an STI approach 
which aligns management reward more closely to the interests 
of shareholders. 

Financial performance and the STI outcome
For FY2011, Group net profit after tax of $173.5m before 
significant items exceeded the previous year’s net profit after 
tax by 20% but was below the internal budgeted level and, as a 
consequence, STI levels for FY2011 are 58% lower than those 
in the previous year.

Review of the Long Term Incentive Plan
The Board conducted an extensive review of the Company’s 
Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plan during the year to ensure it 
remains effective and continues to meet the purpose of the 
plan, being to promote alignment of senior executive decision 
making with the longer term interests of shareholders, attract 
and retain high quality executives and reward executives for 
the achievement of performance conditions which underpin 
sustainable long term growth. 

In addition to a survey of LTI Plan participants and an 
extensive analysis of the building and construction industry 
cycles in Australia and the USA, the Board engaged 
PricewaterhouseCoopers to conduct an independent review of 
the LTI Plan structure and provisions. 

The Board agreed to maintain all the principal aspects of the plan. 
The timing of the annual grant will be moved to September to 
better align with the Company’s financial year end.

Legislative changes to executive remuneration
The Federal Government has introduced legislative changes to 
improve the governance of executive remuneration arrangements. 

The main aspects of the legislation concern the appointment 
process and recommendations of independent remuneration 
adviser/s. The Board has appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers 
as its independent remuneration adviser. 

The Board has adopted a protocol governing:

•	 the appointment of remuneration consultants; and

•	 the manner in which any recommendations made by those 

consultants concerning the remuneration of key management 
personnel of the Company are to be provided to the Company, 
and in particular the circumstances in which management may 
be given access to those recommendations.

The purpose of the protocol is to ensure that any remuneration 
recommendations provided by consultants are provided without 
undue influence by key management personnel.

50

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

2011 REMUNERATION 
IN BRIEF CONTINUED

Remuneration outcomes for Chief Executive and senior executives
Details of the Chief Executive and senior executive remuneration, prepared in accordance with statutory obligations and accounting 
standards, are contained on page 61 of the Remuneration Report.

The table below sets out the cash and other benefits received by the Chief Executive and senior executives who were key management 
personnel in FY2011.

The STI awards made for FY2011 reflect achievement of the revised financial performance objectives against budgeted outcomes for 
the Group and Boral businesses.

Cash and other benefits received by the current Chief Executive and senior executives in FY2011 are lower than the amounts shown 
in the remuneration table on page 61 of the Remuneration Report. This is because the full remuneration table includes amounts in 
respect of options and rights which are amortised over a five year period and may not have delivered value to executives in FY2011. For 
example, it includes accounting values for current and prior years’ LTI grants which have not been and may never be realised as they 
are dependent on the market-based performance hurdles being met in future years.

A$000’s 

Mark Selway 

Ross Batstone 

Mike Beardsell 

Mike Kane 

Andrew Poulter 

Murray Read 

FIXED 

STI 

LTIa 

OTHER b 

TOTAL

1,808.3 

182.0 

850.0 

649.8 

515.1 

756.2 

720.0 

0.0 

143.8 

220.4 

34.1 

145.8 

0.0 

160.1 

72.4 

0.0 

0.0 

68.9 

29.9 

31.1 

29.6 

37.1 

12.4 

10.4 

2,020.2

1,041.2

895.6

772.6

802.7

945.1

a  The LTI value represents the number of options and rights vested and exercised during the year calculated using the market price of Boral shares on the date of exercise 

less the exercise price (if applicable).

b  Other includes parking and long service leave accruals.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
INTRODUCTION

The Directors of Boral Limited present the Remuneration Report 
for the Company and its controlled entities for the year ended 
30 June 2011. This Remuneration Report forms part of the 
Directors’ Report and has been audited in accordance with 
the Corporations Act.

The Remuneration Report sets out remuneration information 
for the Company’s non-executive Directors, the Chief Executive 
and senior executives, who are the key people accountable for 
planning, directing and controlling the affairs of the Company and 
its controlled entities. They include the five highest remunerated 
executives of the Company and Group for FY2011.

 51

The people currently in these positions are listed in the table below.

Non-executive Directors

Bob Every  

Chairman

Catherine Brenner 

Brian Clark 

Eileen Doyle 

Richard Longes 

John Marlay 

Paul Rayner 

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Senior executives (including the Chief Executive)

Mark Selway 

Ross Batstone 

Mike Beardsell 

Mike Kane 

Andrew Poulter 

Murray Read 

Chief Executive

Divisional Managing Director, 
Building Products

Divisional Managing Director, 
Boral Cement

President Boral Industries USA

Chief Financial Officer

Divisional Managing Director,  
Construction Materials

During the FY2011 year, the Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee comprised three independent non-executive Directors 
– Brian Clark (Committee Chairman), Bob Every and John Marlay.

 
 
 
 
 
 
52

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

SENIOR EXECUTIVE  
REMUNERATION

Remuneration strategy
The Board has established a remuneration strategy that supports and drives the achievement of Boral’s strategic objectives. Having 
a remuneration structure that motivates and rewards executives for achieving targets linked to Boral’s business objectives, the Board 
is confident that its remuneration approach aligns Boral management with creating superior shareholder returns.

The diagram below illustrates how Boral’s remuneration strategy, and the structures the Board has put in place to achieve this strategy, 
align with the Company’s business objectives.

BUILDING SOMETHING GREAT – THE STRATEGIC BUILDING BLOCKS FOR GROWTH

1

Laying the 
Foundations

Review and 
respond, creating 
a strong platform 
for growth

2

Reinforcing 
the Core

Focus and 
improve assets 
where Boral can 
be market leader

3

Investing 
for Growth

Expand and 
invest, through 
acquisition 
and innovation 
worldwide

4

Sector Best 
Performance

Realise Sector 
Best Performance 
and market 
leading returns

BORAL’S REMUNERATION STRATEGY

Attract and retain high 
calibre executives

•  reward competitively 

in the markets in which 
Boral operates

•  provide a balance of fixed 
and at-risk remuneration

Align executive rewards 
with Boral’s performance

•  assess rewards against 

objective financial measures

•  make short term and 

long term components 
of remuneration ‘at-risk’ 
based on performance

REMUNERATION COMPONENTS

Fixed Annual Remuneration

Short Term Incentive

Long Term Incentive

•  provides ‘predictable’ base level 

•		entirely focused on financial  

of reward

outcomes

•  set at market median (for local 

geographic market) using external 
benchmark data

•  varies based on employee’s 

experience, skills and performance

•  consideration given to both 

external and internal relativities

•  financial targets linked to objective 
measures at Group, division, and 
business unit level, such as budgeted 
profit and improvements in working 
capital management

•  delivered in equity to align 

executives with shareholder 
interests

•  tested three times after three, five 
and seven years – reflecting the 
typical building cycle

•  no value unless returns to 

shareholders exceed market median

•  full vesting when Boral achieves top 

quartile performance

 53

Principles underpinning Boral’s remuneration strategy
Standardised vs. tailored remuneration arrangements
Remuneration strategy and frameworks are consistent across the 
executive and senior management group. Limited tailoring may 
occur to take into account the unique challenges and differences 
between roles.

Purpose of each element of remuneration
Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR): Remunerate executives 
in line with market benchmarks for effective completion of 
Company and specific objectives and behaving in accordance 
with Boral’s values.

Short Term Incentives (STI): Reward executives for achieving 
annual financial targets measured at business unit, divisional 
and/or Boral levels. Provide alignment with shareholder reward.

Long Term Incentives (LTI): Reward senior executives for Boral 
performance over the duration of the Boral business cycle. 
Provide a retention element, equity exposure and alignment 
with shareholder reward.

Benchmarking remuneration
The primary reference for remuneration benchmarking are 
Australian listed companies in the Industrials and Materials  
sector. For the Chief Executive and senior executives, pay levels 
for comparable roles in appropriate international jurisdictions are  
also considered as a secondary reference to the Australian  
market data. Consideration is given to sizing factors including 
market capitalisation and business unit revenue. Complexity  
(such as number of employees and geographies) is referenced 
through the job grading system.

Remuneration mix
The variable remuneration mix for the Chief Executive and senior 
executives has a greater focus on long term incentives and moves 
towards a shorter term focus for lower job grades.

The remuneration of Directors, executives and staff is reviewed 
by the Board with specific oversight and direction provided by the 
Remuneration & Nomination Committee. The Committee seeks 
advice from independent specialist remuneration advisers. During 
the year, PricewaterhouseCoopers was confirmed by the Board  
as Boral’s independent remuneration adviser.

PricewaterhouseCoopers has provided advice on various matters 
including the Short Term Incentive Plan, the Long Term Incentive 
Plan, Chief Executive remuneration, non-executive Director 
remuneration and changes in legislation regarding Director and 
executive remuneration. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers has also calculated the fair market 
valuation for the 2010 grant of rights under the Company’s 
LTI Plan.

Executive remuneration structure
Remuneration mix
Boral’s executive remuneration is structured as a mix of Fixed 
Annual Remuneration and variable remuneration, through “at 
risk” short term and long term incentive components. The mix of 
these components varies for different management levels. For the 
current Chief Executive and senior executives the proportions are:

Fixed 

FAR 

At risk

STI 

LTI

Focus on market vs. internal relativities
Consideration is given to both market and internal relativities.

Chief Executive 

Senior executives 1 

33.3% 

33.3% 

33.3%

50–54%  22–25%  24–26%

Market is the primary reference through its application to the 
salary ranges attached to the job grading system.

1  Senior executive percentages vary between individuals.  

This is a range for the Group.

The job grading system is applied to individual roles to ensure 
appropriate internal relativities.

As required, specific position matches may be sought for any jobs 
or functions where there is a high demand for talent or unique 
market considerations.

Market positioning
Executives’ fixed remuneration is referenced to the market 
median. A range around the median provides flexibility to 
recognise capability, contribution, value to the organisation, 
performance and tenure of individuals.

Executives’ target total remuneration (fixed remuneration, target 
short term plus long term incentives) is referenced to the market 
median when setting remuneration elements. For the STI element, 
achievement of stretch targets is intended to provide reward at the 
75th percentile of the market for positions of similar size.

While fixed remuneration is designed to provide a predictable 
“base” level of remuneration, the short term and long term 
incentive programs reward executives when pre-determined 
performance conditions are met or exceeded. Both schemes 
have minimum periods of employment that must also be met.

Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR) 
FAR includes base salary, non-cash benefits such as provision 
of a vehicle (including any fringe benefits tax charges) and 
superannuation contributions.

Remuneration levels are reviewed annually by the Remuneration 
& Nomination Committee and the Board through a process that 
ensures an executive’s fixed remuneration remains competitive 
with the market and reflects an employee’s skills, experience, 
accountability and general performance.

External benchmark market data from Hay Group’s Industrial and 
Service sector is used to determine remuneration midpoint levels 
of fixed remuneration for senior executives and managers.

 
 
 
54

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

SENIOR EXECUTIVE  
REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Short Term Incentive (STI)
The STI Plan is an “at risk” cash payment awarded annually 
based on performance against pre-set financial objectives.

The STI Plan is provided to employees who have significant 
influence over the annual financial outcomes of business units. 
Approximately 7% of Boral employees participated in the  
STI plan in FY2011.

The Board considers that the STI is an appropriate incentive, 
and it has been designed to put a proportion of executive 
remuneration at risk against meeting financial targets linked 
to annual budget performance metrics.

Minimum, target and stretch performance conditions are set 
for each financial year. These performance conditions have 
been designed to motivate and reward high performance; for 
example, if performance exceeds the already challenging targets, 
the STI will deliver higher rewards to executives. Conversely, if 
performance falls below a minimum level, no reward is payable 
to executives.

If the Chief Executive meets the target performance conditions, 
then the STI reward will be payable at 100% of fixed remuneration. 
If the stretch performance conditions are met, the STI reward will 
be payable at 140%. 

Similarly, if senior executives meet their target performance 
conditions, their STI reward is set at 40–50% of fixed remuneration. 
The STI reward for executives who achieve stretch performance 
is set at double the target reward. This is benchmarked at the 
75th percentile of the market based on external data. Stretch 
outcomes require results which significantly exceed budget, 
and are only achieved in exceptional circumstances.

The STI performance conditions were modified significantly 
for FY2011 to be wholly focused on achievement of 
financial measures. 

In FY2011 earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) and working 
capital performance were selected because they are directly linked 
to the creation of shareholder value and the strategic direction of 
the Company.

The EBIT target accounted for 85% of the financial measure in 
FY2011. Executives’ targets are split over their own business  
and one-up business. In FY2012 the EBIT target will account for 
100% of the financial measure.

Performance against important non-financial measures continues 
to be managed separately from the STI Plan through the 
performance management process.

Performance at the completion of the financial year is measured 
against pre-determined targets that were established as part of the 
Group annual budget process. Abnormal or unanticipated factors 
beyond the control of management which may have affected the 
Company’s performance during the year are only considered in 
extraordinary circumstances and following Board approval.

The Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Board assess 
the financial performance of the Group, divisions and business 
units and approve the actual STI rewards to be paid to the Chief 
Executive, his direct reports and other senior executives. 

Long Term Incentive (LTI) 
The purpose of the LTI Plan is to promote the alignment of 
senior executive decision making with the longer term interests of 
shareholders, to attract and retain high quality executives and to 
reward executives for the achievement of performance conditions 
which underpin sustainable long term growth.

The LTI is granted annually as rights and/or options over ordinary 
Boral shares.

The participants in the LTI Plan include senior executives who are 
deemed to have significant influence over the long term outcomes 
of Boral. Only 1% of employees participate in the LTI Plan.

The number of rights and/or options offered annually to executives 
is limited. The total number of shares which would be allocated 
on vesting of those rights and exercise of those options, when 
aggregated with:

•	  the number of shares issued under any Boral employee share 

scheme; and

•	  the number of shares that would be allocated on the vesting of 
all outstanding rights and the exercise of all outstanding options 
under any Boral employee share scheme

may not exceed 5% of the total number of shares on issue at the 
time of the offer.

The value of an executive’s annual LTI grant is a set percentage 
of the executive’s FAR. This percentage is 100% for the Chief 
Executive and 45–50% for senior executives. 

The number of rights and/or options granted to an executive 
is determined by dividing the value of their annual grant by the 
fair market value of the right or option. PricewaterhouseCoopers 
calculates the fair market value as at the date of grant using 
a Monte Carlo simulation analysis in accordance with 
accounting standards.

Participants in the LTI Plan will not derive any value from their LTI 
grants unless pre-established performance hurdles are achieved.

Each right or option granted under the LTI Plan is an entitlement 
to a fully paid ordinary share in the Company on terms and 
conditions determined by the Board, including vesting conditions 
linked to service and performance measured at three, five and 
seven years after grant. If the vesting conditions are satisfied, 
the rights and options vest and the underlying shares may be 
delivered to the participating executive. 

The Board determines the mix of options and rights for each grant 
annually. For the grant made in FY2011, the entire LTI award was 
delivered in the form of rights.

 55

Rights and options are offered at no cost to the senior executive 
at the time of the grant. No price is payable upon vesting of rights; 
however, an exercise price (set at the time of the grant) is payable 
upon exercise of an option. The exercise price for options is 
determined at date of grant based on the average closing price 
of Boral shares over the five trading days prior to the grant date.

performance of other companies in the comparator group (the 
highest ranking company being ranked at the 100th percentile). 
Opening and closing share prices are calculated using the volume 
weighted average price over the 60 days up to and including the 
first and last day of the performance period (as applicable). This 
“smoothing” of TSR reduces the impact of share price volatility. 

Rights and options granted as part of the LTI Plan do not carry 
voting or dividend rights; however, shares allocated upon vesting 
of rights and exercise of options will carry the same rights as other 
ordinary shares.

The percentage of options and rights that vest will depend on 
Boral’s relative TSR ranking over the measurement period, as 
set out in the table below:

Boral’s TSR rank in ASX 100 

% of options/rights that vest

Below 50th percentile 

Nil

Between 50th  
and 74th percentile 

Progressive vesting from 
50–98% (2% increase for 
each higher percentile ranking)

At or above 75th percentile 

100%

Any options and rights that do not vest, based on performance 
over the initial three year measurement period, will be available 
for vesting based on performance over five year and seven year 
measurement periods. Options and rights that have not vested 
following the seven year measurement period automatically lapse.

Given that the Company’s comparative TSR performance is tested 
over a minimum three year period, satisfaction of the performance 
condition attaching to the rights granted for FY2011 will not be 
measured until FY2014.

Remuneration outcomes for FY2011
Modest increases in fixed remuneration occurred in FY2011 year, 
and there was no catch-up following the freeze on executive 
remuneration in FY2010. 

The Board determined that no increase in non-executive  
Director fees should occur in FY2011 following a similar decision 
in FY2010.

As reported, the STI performance conditions for the FY2011 were 
100% focused on financial outcomes of EBIT and working capital 
management. The target measures (budget) were set at higher 
levels than in the prior year. FY2011 continued to be affected 
by the weakness in USA economic activity, and in Australia bad 
weather conditions, cyclones and flooding had a slowing affect on 
sales growth. Despite tighter economic conditions toward the end 
of the financial year, overall profitability for Boral was higher than 
in the prior year, while STI awards reduced, reflecting financial 
outcomes achieved compared to target measures. 

Directors, officers and senior executives must comply with the 
Company’s Share Trading Policy, which prohibits them from 
entering into hedge and other derivative transactions regarding 
options or rights granted as LTIs. Shares allocated to participants 
upon vesting of their LTIs may only be dealt with in accordance 
with the Share Trading Policy. Any contravention of this policy 
would result in disciplinary action.

Unvested options or rights lapse when an executive leaves the 
Company except where the executive ceases employment due to 
death, permanent disablement, bona fide retirement, redundancy, 
sale of subsidiary or business assets or when the Board at its sole 
discretion determines otherwise. In these situations, a proportion 
of rights and/or options granted within the three year period prior 
to termination will remain in place only until the next test date, 
when they will lapse if they do not meet the performance hurdle. 
Unvested rights and/or options granted more than three years 
prior to the date of termination will lapse at the next test date if the 
performance hurdle is not met. 

The performance hurdle for the LTI Plan is tied to the Company’s 
relative total shareholder return (TSR). TSR represents the change 
in capital value of a listed entity’s share price over a period, plus 
reinvested dividends, expressed as a percentage of the opening 
value. The compound growth in the Company’s TSR over the 
performance measurement period is compared with the TSR 
performance of all other companies comprising the ASX 100 
on the date of grant. The Board has discretion to adjust the 
comparator group to take into account events including, but 
not limited to, takeovers or mergers that might occur during the 
performance period.

The Board believes that relative TSR is an appropriate performance 
hurdle for the LTI Plan because it provides a direct link between 
shareholder return and executive reward. Executives will not derive 
any value from the LTI component of their remuneration unless the 
Company’s performance is at least at the median of the ASX 100.

The performance hurdle for the 2008 and subsequent grants is 
measured on three test dates, reflecting performance periods of 
three, five and seven years. This testing frequency is designed to 
span a typical building industry cycle so that executive incentive 
and reward are linked to shareholder reward. In assessing whether 
the performance hurdles have been met, the Company receives 
independent data which set out the Company’s TSR growth 
and that of each company in the comparator group. The level 
of TSR growth achieved by the Company is given a percentile 
ranking, having regard to its performance compared with the 

 
56

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

SENIOR EXECUTIVE  
REMUNERATION CONTINUED

During the year, Boral’s relative TSR performance for the 2006 and 
2007 LTI grants recorded a result above the 50th percentile of the 
ASX 100 companies, allowing partial vesting of rights and options. 
The 2006 grant reached the 50th percentile on 1 March 2011 and 
the 2007 grant reached the 68th percentile on 28 February 2011. 
Rights have vested; however, no value has been derived from 
options granted as the share price is well under the exercise price.

Business and organisation review
A strategic review of Boral’s portfolio of businesses and relative 
performance was carried out in the second half of FY2010 and 
changes to the Group’s organisational structure at both the 
divisional level and within divisions were implemented in the first 
quarter of FY2011. 

The organisational changes introduced have been successful 
in focusing management on LEAN manufacturing, innovation, 
collaboration and sales and marketing initiatives. The changes 
to the STI Plan measures have achieved a better alignment of 
executive reward with the interests of shareholders. 

The Remuneration & Nomination Committee will continue to 
review all aspects of executive remuneration and the performance 
management systems to facilitate delivery of business strategy 
and non-financial objectives which are no longer tied to 
STI outcomes.

Employment contract details
Chief Executive remuneration structure and contract terms
Mark Selway’s employment contract has been structured in such 
a way as to account for the views of shareholders, governance 
bodies and other stakeholders.

The basis of Mr Selway’s fixed and variable remuneration is 
benchmarked to a comparator group which is closely aligned 
to Boral’s current market position and was selected from similar 
companies within a range of Boral’s market capitalisation. The 
group includes companies from the Industrials and Materials 
sectors of the ASX 200 with a 12 month moving average market 
capitalisation and revenue of between 33% and 300% of Boral’s.

The duration of the Chief Executive’s contract is a rolling 
12 month term.

Mr Selway’s fixed remuneration is $1,820,000 per annum. His 
annual STI entitlement is 100% of fixed remuneration for “target” 
performance with a maximum of 140% of fixed remuneration 
for “stretch” performance. STI measures are focused wholly on 
achievement of financial outcomes mentioned earlier.

Mr Selway’s LTI entitlement is 100% of fixed remuneration granted 
annually as options or share rights in accordance with the LTI 
Plan Rules which are described in the Long Term Incentive 
section above. At the 2010 Annual General Meeting shareholders 
approved a grant of share rights to Mr Selway equivalent to 50% 
of his fixed remuneration as disclosed in the table on page 60. 
This is a six month pro-rata entitlement for FY2010 granted in 
November 2010. Also approved by shareholders were grants of 
share rights for 2011 and 2012 equivalent to 100% of Mr Selway’s 
FAR. The number of equity units granted is determined based on 
the fair market value calculated in accordance with Accounting 
Standard AASB 2. If termination of employment occurs for 
reasons other than resignation or performance, unvested LTI 
grants continue beyond termination in accordance with the terms 
of the grant, unless the Board determines otherwise.

If the Company terminates Mr Selway’s employment without 
cause, he is entitled to 12 months notice (or three months notice 
in the case of illness). Mr Selway may terminate his employment 
immediately if there is a fundamental change in his role or 
responsibilities without his consent. If Mr Selway’s contract is 
terminated without cause or as a result of a fundamental change, 
he will be entitled to a separation payment. Mr Selway will not 
receive a restraint payment as part of any post-employment 
arrangements, and any separation payment he receives will not 
exceed one year’s fixed remuneration (and will be inclusive of 
any payment in lieu of notice to which he is entitled). Mr Selway 
will not receive a separation payment if he resigns on six months 
notice, or his employment is terminated immediately for cause. 

Contract terms for other executives
Key features of the employment arrangements for senior 
executives include:

•	 employment continues until terminated by either the executive 

or Boral;

•	 notice periods are typically six months, but reduce where 

termination is for performance reasons; and

•	 termination by the Company for reasons other than resignation 
or performance results in a termination payment of one year’s 
fixed remuneration.

 57

COMPANY PERFORMANCE  
OUTCOMES

Company performance
The chart below demonstrates how the Company’s TSR, which includes share price movements and dividends, has performed relative 
to the ASX 100 Accumulation Index. 

In the 10 years to 30 June 2011, Boral has achieved an annual TSR of 9.3%, which is higher than that of the companies in the ASX 100 
over the same period (as represented by the ASX 100 Accumulation Index).

BLD vs ASX 100 Accumulation Index TSR 
10 years to 30 June 2011

R
S
T

%

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

–50

1
0

n
u
J

1
0

c
e
D

2
0

n
u
J

2
0

c
e
D

3
0

n
u
J

3
0

c
e
D

4
0

n
u
J

4
0

c
e
D

5
0

n
u
J

5
0

c
e
D

6
0

n
u
J

6
0

c
e
D

7
0

n
u
J

7
0

c
e
D

8
0

n
u
J

8
0

c
e
D

9
0

n
u
J

9
0

c
e
D

0
1

n
u
J

0
1

c
e
D

1
1

n
u
J

Boral Limited (BLD)
ASX 100 Accumulation Index

The effect of the business cycle is demonstrated in the charts below, which reflect the Company’s earnings per share, return on equity 
and full year dividends since FY2002. The year on year change from 2010 to 2011 is shown in percentage terms below.

Earnings per share1 
(cents)

10%➡

Return on equity1 
(percent)

12%➡

Dividends per share 
(cents)

7%➡

4
6

3
6

2
6

9
4

4
3

0
5

1
4

7
.
5
1

4
.
5
1

2
.
3
1

2
.
3
1

4
3

4
3

4
3

4
3

0
3

9
.
9

0
.
0
1

5
.
8

3
2

9
1

2
2

4
2 2
2

6
.
0 5
.
5

8
.
4

3
1

5
.
3
1

5
.

4
1

2
0

3
0

4
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

0
1

1
1

2
0

3
0

4
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

0
1

1
1

2
0

3
0

4
0

5
0

6
0

7
0

8
0

9
0

0
1

1
1

1. Excludes financial impact of significant items.

350

300

500

250

400

200

300

150

200

100

100

50

0

0

-100

500

500

400

380

300

260

200

140

100

20

0

-100

-100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

COMPANY PERFORMANCE  
OUTCOMES CONTINUED

Short term performance – FY2011
Full year revenue from continuing operations was up 4% to $4.7b, reflecting a generally strong first half across the Australian Building 
Products operations which helped offset tougher trading conditions in the United States, the impact of exceptionally wet weather and a 
softening of residential building in Australia in the second half of the financial year.

Earnings before interest and tax (before significant items) for the year increased by 2% to $275m, with improvements in Construction 
Materials, Cement and the USA offsetting declines in Building Products when compared with the prior year.

Profit after tax at $173.5m (before significant items) was 20% above that of the comparable period last year and was assisted by lower 
interest and the year-to-year benefit from the translation of US losses against the stronger Australian dollar. The full year tax charge, 
before significant items, was $12m higher, and earnings per share for the year also increased to 24.4c compared with 22.1c last year.

Short Term Incentive vested/forfeited

Executives

Mark Selway 

Ross Batstone 

Mike Beardsell 

Mike Kane 

Andrew Poulter 

Murray Read (appointed 1 July 2010) 

Total 

2011 
% 
Vested 

7% 

0% 

28% 

49% 

5% 

23% 

  Cash bonus 
A$000’s 

182.0 

0.0 

 143.8 

 220.4 

34.1 

145.8 

726.1 

%  Cash bonus 
A$000’s 

Forfeited 

2010
%  
Vested 

% 
Forfeited

93% 

1,100.0 

100% 

72% 

51% 

95% 

77% 

461.3 

272.8 

203.5 

65.1 

– 

2,102.7

90% 

78% 

54% 

90% 

58% 

– 

10%

22%

46%

10%

42%

–

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 59

Long term performance 
Boral’s LTI grant in November 2010 was awarded in the form of share acquisition rights. The primary conditions applying to Boral’s LTI 
grants include a minimum vesting period of three years with a total life of seven years and a market-based performance hurdle which 
measures Boral’s TSR relative to the TSR of companies that comprise the ASX 100 at grant date (the comparator group). Testing 
against the hurdle is on three specific dates after performance periods of three, five and seven years.

When measured over the long term, Boral’s TSR performance has been satisfactory; however, economic conditions mostly relating 
to the housing and construction cycle in recent years have resulted in Boral’s TSR underperforming the comparator group.

The 2004 and 2005 grants have not yet reached the minimum level required for vesting. The 2006 grant has reached the 
50th percentile and the 2007 grant has reached the 68th percentile. At this stage the 2008, 2009 and 2010 grants have not 
yet reached a measurement date.

The LTI grants from October 2004 are within the seven year life and the performance hurdle may still be reached before they lapse.

The table below demonstrates the level of performance achieved thus far for each LTI grant up to 1 July 2011.

Grant date 

Expiry date 

Option 
exercise price 

Mix of options/rights 

Relative TSR 
performance 

Vesting level

Oct 03 

Oct 04 

Oct 05 

Nov 06 

Nov 07 

Nov 08 

Nov 09 

Nov 10 

Oct 10 

Oct 11 

Oct 12 

Nov 13 

Nov 14 

Nov 15 

Nov 16 

Nov 17 

$5.52 

$6.55 

$7.65 

$7.27 

$6.78 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

100% options 

50% options 50% rights 

50% options 50% rights 

50% options 50% rights 

50% options 50% rights 

54% 

46% 

38% 

50% 

68% 

100% rights 

100% rights 

100% rights 

1st test date Nov 2011 

1st test date Nov 2012 

1st test date Nov 2013 

58%

0%

0%

50%

86%

N/A

N/A

N/A

The exercise price of options issued in respect of the 2003 to 2007 tranches have been amended in accordance with the terms of the  
Boral Senior Executive Option Plan to allow for the impact of the capital raising undertaken during the year, which resulted in a 5c 
reduction in the exercise price.

Executives who held rights were unable to participate in the capital raising. So as to take account of the impact of the capital raising 
on those rights, the Company made a payment of 5c per right to the holder of rights which vested during the year. The intention of the 
payment was to “keep whole” the executives in respect of rights which vested.

 
 
 
60

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

COMPANY PERFORMANCE  
OUTCOMES CONTINUED

Long Term Incentives granted and movement during the year
Details of options and rights granted and the movement of options and rights during the year held by the Chief Executive and the senior 
executives are:

Granted 
during the 
Balance at 
year as 
1 July 2010  remuneration a 

Exercised/ 
vested 
during 
the year 

Value of 
grant b 

Value of 
options 
and rights 
exercised/ 
vested c 

Lapsed/ 
cancelled 
during 
the year 

Value of 
options 
and rights 
lapsed/ 
cancelled d  

Balance at 
30 June 
2011

Number 

Number 

$ 

Number 

$ 

Number 

$ 

Number

Executives

Mark Selway 

Ross Batstone 

Mike Beardsell 

Mike Kane 

Andrew Poulter 

Murray Read 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

– 

– 

– 

431,034 

303,819 e  875,000 

351,470 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

734,853

(53,970) 

59,367 

297,500

236,100 

147,569 

425,000 

(31,287)  160,129 

– 

– 

352,382

131,500 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(18,400) 

20,240 

113,100

98,218 

98,672 

284,175 

(14,144) 

72,399 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

78,717 

226,705 

– 

– 

21,701 

62,500 

146,400 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

182,746

–

78,717

–

21,701

(23,200) 

25,520 

123,200

91,430 

125,000 

360,000 

(13,495) 

68,935 

– 

– 

202,935

a  No options were granted to senior executives during the year. Rights were granted to senior executives on 12 November 2010, with the earliest vesting date 

on 12 November 2013 and the last vesting date (expiry date) of the rights on 12 November 2017.

b  The fair value of rights granted on 12 November 2010, calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation analysis, is $2.88 per right.
c  Calculated per option or right as the market price of Boral shares on the date of exercise less the exercise price (if applicable).
d  Value is calculated at fair market value of option or right on date of grant.
e  Grants of rights to Mark Selway on 12 November 2010 in accordance with his service contract and subject to the terms and conditions approved at the 2010 

Annual General Meeting.

The number of options and rights included in the balance at 30 June 2011 for current executives is as set out below: 

Executives

Mark Selway 

Ross Batstone 

Mike Beardsell 

Mike Kane 

Andrew Poulter 

Murray Read 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

Options 

Rights 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Year of grant

Balance at  
30 June  
2011

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

56,800 

71,700 

74,900 

94,100 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

431,034 

303,819 

734,853

– 

– 

297,500

15,218 

18,849 

10,232 

3,427 

74,624 

82,463 

147,569 

352,382

11,100 

25,500 

34,100 

42,400 

– 

– 

– 

113,100

2,976 

6,714 

4,655 

1,545 

29,654 

38,530 

98,672 

182,746

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

24,200 

27,300 

29,300 

42,400 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

78,717 

78,717

– 

–

21,701 

21,701

– 

123,200

6,495 

7,175 

4,008 

1,544 

29,538 

29,175 

125,000 

202,935

The unvested rights have a minimum value of zero, if they do not reach the 50th percentile relative TSR measure. The maximum value of 
unvested rights is the sale price of Boral shares at date of vesting.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE  
REMUNERATION TABLE

 61

Short term 

Post employment 

Cash 
salary 

Short Term 
Incentive 

Non- 
monetary  
benefits  b 

Super- 
annuation 

End of 
service 

Share based  
payment a 

Other 
long term 

Total

Options  

Rights 

A$000’s 

Executives

Mark Selway 

Divisional Managing  
Director,  
Building Products

Mike Beardsell 

Divisional Managing  
Director,  
Boral Cement

Mike Kane 

President, Boral  
Industries USA

2011  1,793.1 

182.0 

Chief Executive 

2010  1,022.6 

1,100.0 

Ross Batstone 

2011 

729.3 

0.0 

2010 

636.1 

461.3 

0.0 

0.0 

19.0 

19.0 

15.2 

7.2 

120.7 

107.9 

2011 

634.6 

2010 

617.0 

143.8 

272.8 

19.0 

19.0 

15.2 

14.5 

2011 

440.9 

2010 

170.0 

220.4 

203.5 

37.1 

26.8 

Andrew Poulter 

2011 

741.0 

Chief Financial Officer 

2010 

122.6 

34.1 

65.1 

Murray Read 

2011 

625.2 

145.8 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

Divisional Managing  
Director,  
Construction Materials 
(appointed 1 July 2010)

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

48.5 

64.9 

460.8 

173.6 

224.8 

164.1 

29.9 

17.0 

12.1 

10.6 

2,481.0

2,320.4

1,154.4

1,463.9 

21.3 

26.6 

110.6 

69.0 

10.6 

10.3 

955.1

1,029.2 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

28.7 

0.0 

7.9 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

801.3

400.3 

12.4 

2.0 

810.6

192.1

20.2 

111.4 

10.4 

1,007.8

74.2 

0.0 

15.2 

2.4 

94.8 

Total 

Total 

2011  4,964.1 

726.1 

2010  2,568.3 

2,102.7 

75.1 

64.8 

335.3 

132.0 

0.0 

0.0 

90.0 

91.5 

944.2 

406.7 

75.4 

39.9 

7,210.2

5,405.9

a  The fair value of the options and rights is calculated at the date of grant using the Monte Carlo simulation analysis. The value is allocated to each reporting period evenly 
over the period of five years from the grant date. The value disclosed above is the portion of the fair value of the options and rights allocated to this reporting period.

b  Includes parking for Australian executives, vehicle and medical costs for USA executives. 

The 2010 total includes part-year remuneration for Mark Selway, Mike Kane, Andrew Poulter. Murray Read was not a key management 
person prior to 1 July 2010. Rod Pearse, Ken Barton, Emery Severin and John Douglas were key management personnel for part or all 
of 2010 with combined total remuneration of $9,885,400 including contractual payments and share-based payments on termination.

 Former executive John Douglas resigned on 9 July 2010. His executive remuneration for FY2011 was expensed and disclosed in the 
2010 Remuneration Report. 

Proportion of remuneration which consists of options/rights is Mark Selway 19%, Ross Batstone 24%, Mike Beardsell 14%, Mike Kane 
4%, Andrew Poulter 1%, Murray Read 13%. 

Proportion of remuneration that is performance-based is Mark Selway 26%, Ross Batstone 24%, Mike Beardsell 29%, Mike Kane 31%, 
Andrew Poulter 5%, Murray Read 28%.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’  
REMUNERATION

Non-executive Directors’ remuneration is reviewed annually by the full Board. This review takes account of the recommendations 
of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and external benchmarking of comparable companies. The Board took independent 
advice from PricewaterhouseCoopers regarding non-executive Directors’ remuneration.

The non-executive Directors receive fixed remuneration only, which includes base remuneration (Board fees) and Committee fees. 
It is structured on a total remuneration basis which is paid in the form of cash and superannuation contributions. The Directors do 
not receive any variable remuneration or other performance related incentives such as options or rights to shares, and no retirement 
benefits are provided to non-executive Directors other than superannuation contributions.

The current aggregate fee limit of $1,250,000 per annum was approved at the Company’s Annual General Meeting in October 2006.

The Board determined that no increase in non-executive Director fees should occur during FY2011 following a similar decision for 
FY2010. The last increase in Directors’ fees took place on 1 July 2008. The current remuneration of non-executive Directors is:

Position 

Chairman 

Committee Chairman 

Director 

Base remuneration 

Committee fees 

Total remuneration

$338,250 

$123,000 

$123,000 

$13,500 

$20,250 

$13,500 

$351,750

$143,250

$136,500

The total annual non-executive Director remuneration for the current Board of seven non-executive Directors for FY2011 was 
$1,203,900 including superannuation.

In accordance with current best practice, an additional Board Committee was constituted with effect from 1 July 2011 to deal with 
Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) issues within the Company. Three existing non-executive Directors have been appointed to the new 
committee. Membership of the new committee is in addition to these Directors’ existing committee duties.

The Board intends to seek shareholder approval for an increase in the maximum aggregate amount of non-executive Directors’ 
remuneration to $1,550,000 at the 2011 Annual General Meeting to create headroom for the costs associated with the newly created 
HSE Committee and to provide for an increase in Directors’ fees. If shareholders approve the new fee cap as proposed, it is the 
intention of the Board to review the fees payable to non-executive Directors. 

The remuneration of the non-executive Directors is set out in the following table.

Non-executive Directors’ total remuneration

A$000’s 

Directors

Short term 
Board and 
Committee fees 

2011 

Post 
employment 
super- 
annuation 

Short term 
Board and 
remuneration  Committee fees 

Total 

2010

Post 
employment 
super-  
annuation 

Total 
remuneration

Catherine Brenner (appointed 15 September 2010) 

Brian Clark  

Eileen Doyle 

Robert Every, Chairman (from 1 June 2010) 

Richard Longes 

John Marlay 

Paul Rayner 

99.6 

131.4 

125.2 

336.6 

125.2 

125.2 

131.4 

9.0 

11.8 

11.3 

15.2 

11.3 

11.3 

11.8 

108.6 

143.2 

136.5 

351.8 

136.5 

136.5 

143.2 

Former non-executive Director

Roland Williams (retired 4 November 2010) 

Total 

43.7 

  1,118.3 

3.9 

85.6 

47.6 

1,203.9 

0.0 

131.0 

36.8 

142.9 

125.2 

69.5 

131.4 

125.2 

762.0 

0.0 

12.0 

3.3 

11.5 

11.3 

6.3 

11.8  

0.0

143.0

40.1

154.4

136.5

75.8

143.2

11.3 

67.5 

136.5

829.5

Ken Moss and John Cloney were Directors for part of 2010 with combined total remuneration of $370,200.
No share-based payments were made to non-executive Directors during 2010 or 2011.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 63

INCOME STATEMENT 

STATEMENT OF  
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

BALANCE SHEET 

STATEMENT OF  
CHANGES IN EQUITY 

CASH FLOW STATEMENT 

64

65

66

67

68

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 

1  Significant accounting policies 
2  Segments 
3  Profit for the period 
4  Significant items 
5  Discontinued operations  

and assets held for sale 
Income tax expense 

6 
7  Dividends 
8  Earnings per share 
9  Cash and cash equivalents 
10  Receivables 
11  Inventories 
12  Investments accounted for  
using the equity method 

13  Other financial assets 
14  Property, plant and equipment 
15  Intangible assets 
16  Other assets 
17  Payables 
18  Loans and borrowings 
19  Other financial liabilities 
20  Current tax liabilities 
21  Deferred tax assets  

and liabilities 

22  Provisions 
23  Issued capital 
24  Reserves 
25  Contingent liabilities 
26  Commitments 
27  Employee benefits 
28  Loans and borrowings 
29  Financial instruments 
30  Key management  

personnel disclosures 
31  Auditors’ remuneration 
32  Acquisition/disposal of  
controlled entities 
33  Controlled entities 
34  Related party disclosures 
35  Notes to cash flow statement 
36  Parent entity disclosures 
37  Deed of cross guarantee 
38  Subsequent events 

STATUTORY STATEMENTS 

69

69
76
78
80

82
83
84
85
86
86
87

88
90
90
92
93
94
94
94
94

95
97
99
99
101
102
103
108
109

118
122

123
127
130
131
132
133
135

136

64

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

INCOME STATEMENT
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

For the year ended 30 June

Continuing operations

Revenue

Cost of sales

Selling and distribution expenses

Administrative expenses

Other income

Other expenses

Share of net profit/(loss) of associates

Profit before net financing costs and income tax expense

Financial income

Financial expenses

Net financing costs

Profit/(loss) before income tax expense

Income tax benefit/(expense)

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net of income tax)

Net profit/(loss)

Attributable to:

Members of the parent entity

Non-controlling interest

Net profit/(loss)

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Continuing operations

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011 
$ millions

2010 
$ millions

3

3

3

3, 12

3

3

6

5

8

8

8

8

 4,681.7 

(3,358.2)

(790.8)

(341.1)

4,493.8

(3,153.8) 

(766.2)

(347.3)

(4,490.1) 

(4,267.3) 

75.5 

(77.3)

 42.0

231.8

24.0

(87.7)

(63.7)

168.1

(4.6)

163.5

1.9

 165.4

167.7

(2.3)

165.4

23.3c

23.2c

23.1c

22.9c

25.8

(169.6)

(21.5)

 61.2

5.3

(102.3)

(97.0)

(35.8)

 18.3

(17.5)

(71.8)

(89.3)

(90.5)

1.2

(89.3)

(15.2c)

(15.2c)

(3.1c)

(3.1c)

The income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes which form an integral part of the financial statements.

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

 65

For the year ended 30 June

Net profit/(loss)

Other comprehensive income

Actuarial gain/(loss) on defined benefit plans

Net exchange differences from translation of foreign operations taken to equity

Fair value adjustment on cash flow hedges

Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income is attributable to:

Members of the parent entity

Non-controlling interest

Total comprehensive income

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011 
$ millions

2010 
$ millions

165.4

(89.3)

27

24

24

2.8

(28.1)

1.0

(29.7)

111.4

113.7

(2.3)

111.4

(1.6)

 11.1

10.7

(25.8)

(94.9)

(96.1)

1.2

(94.9)

The statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes which form an integral part of the financial statements.

66

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

BALANCE SHEET
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

As at 30 June

CURRENT ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Inventories

Other

Assets classified as held for sale

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Receivables

Inventories

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Other financial assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax asset

Other

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

TOTAL ASSETS

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Payables

Loans and borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Liabilities classified as held for sale

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Payables

Loans and borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

EQUITY

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total parent entity interest

Non-controlling interest

TOTAL EQUITY

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

9

10

11

16

5

10

11

12

13

14

15

21

16

17

18

20

22

5

17

18

19

21

22

23

24

561.2

784.1

596.1

85.6

–

157.0

783.7

 548.5

63.3

59.5

2,027.0 

1,612.0

10.3

 93.5

240.2

7.5

2,894.9

255.9

88.2

50.5

3,641.0

5,668.0

702.8

163.4

123.8

218.6

–

19.2

85.3

294.1

26.8

2,785.1

277.6

43.3

66.0

3,597.4

 5,209.4

640.9

8.9

98.9

246.0

9.9

1,208.6

1,004.6

12.5

903.2

119.7

161.1

106.5

1,303.0

2,511.6

3,156.4

2,261.3

(159.5)

1,007.0

3,108.8

47.6

14.1

1,330.7

8.0

118.9

107.0

1,578.7

2,583.3

2,626.1

1,724.0

(38.9)

938.4

2,623.5

2.6

3,156.4

2,626.1

The balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes which form an integral part of the financial statements.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

 67

For the year ended 30 June 2011

Balance at the beginning of the year

Net profit/(loss)
Other comprehensive income

CONSOLIDATED

Reserves  
$ millions

Retained 
earnings  
$ millions

Total 
parent 
entity 
interest  

Non-
controlling 
interest  

Total 
equity  

$ millions

$ millions

$ millions

(38.9)
–

938.4
167.7

2,623.5
167.7

2.6
(2.3)

2,626.1
165.4

Issued 
capital  

$ millions

1,724.0
–

Translation of assets and liabilities of overseas controlled entities
Translation of long-term borrowings and  
foreign currency forward contracts
Fair value adjustment on cash flow hedges
Actuarial gain on defined benefit plans
Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners
Shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Shares issued on vesting of rights
Dividends paid
Shares issued under capital raising net of costs
Purchase of employee compensation shares
Other – Cultured Stone (note 24)
Share-based payments
Income tax benefit on capital raising
Non-controlling interest in acquisition
Contributions by non-controlling interest
Other changes in non-controlling interest

Total transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Balance at the end of the year

–

–
–
–
–
–

53.1
0.8
–
479.8
–
–
–
3.6
–
–
–
537.3
2,261.3

(123.0)

–

(123.0)

–

(123.0)

94.9
1.0
–
(28.8)
(55.9)

–
–
2.8
(0.9)
169.6

–
(0.8)
–
–
(3.4)
(66.3)
5.8
–
–
–
–
(64.7)

–
–
(101.0)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(101.0)
(159.5) 1,007.0

94.9
1.0
2.8
(29.7)
113.7

53.1
–
(101.0)
479.8
(3.4)
(66.3)
5.8
3.6
–
–
–
371.6
3,108.8

CONSOLIDATED

–
–
–
–
(2.3)

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
44.3
6.0
(3.0)
47.3
47.6

94.9
1.0
2.8
(29.7)
111.4

53.1
–
(101.0)
479.8
(3.4)
(66.3)
5.8
3.6
44.3
6.0
(3.0)
418.9
3,156.4

For the year ended 30 June 2010

Balance at the beginning of the year

Net profit/(loss)
Other comprehensive income

Translation of assets and liabilities of overseas controlled entities
Translation of long-term borrowings and  
foreign currency forward contracts
Fair value adjustment on cash flow hedges
Actuarial loss on defined benefit plans
Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Shares issued upon the exercise of executive options
Dividends paid
Share-based payments
Other changes in non-controlling interest

Total transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Balance at the end of the year

Reserves  
$ millions

Retained 
earnings  
$ millions

Total 
parent 
entity 
interest  

$ millions

Non-
controlling 
interest  

$ millions

Total 
equity  

$ millions

(43.2)
–

1,104.2
(90.5)

2,752.4
(90.5)

1.2
1.2

2,753.6
(89.3)

Issued 
capital  

$ millions

1,691.4
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

31.9
0.7
–
–
–
32.6
1,724.0

(66.3)

77.4
10.7
–
(26.4)
(4.6)

–
–
–
8.9
–
8.9
(38.9)

–

(66.3)

–

(66.3)

–
–
(1.6)
0.6
(91.5)

–
–
(74.3)
–
–
(74.3)
938.4

77.4
10.7
(1.6)
(25.8)
(96.1)

31.9
0.7
(74.3)
8.9
–
(32.8)
2,623.5

–
–
–
–
1.2

–
–
–
–
0.2
0.2
2.6

77.4
10.7
(1.6)
(25.8)
(94.9)

31.9
0.7
(74.3)
8.9
0.2
(32.6)
2,626.1

The statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes which form an integral part of the financial statements.

68

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

CASH FLOW STATEMENT
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

For the year ended 30 June

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Receipts from customers

Payments to suppliers and employees

Dividends received

Interest received

Borrowing costs paid

Income taxes paid

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

5,084.3

4,967.9

(4,696.2)

(4,422.2)

388.1

27.7

41.1

(84.7)

(21.5)

350.7

(345.0)

(0.8)

(146.0)

–

3.2

33.4

73.5

(381.7)

–

479.8

(3.4)

(47.9)

6.0

146.3

(136.6)

444.2

413.2

157.0

(9.0)

561.2

545.7

26.6

6.4

(107.9)

(11.7)

459.1

(179.9)

–

–

(0.1)

(1.5)

–

44.8

(136.7)

0.7

–

–

(42.4)

–

8.4

(232.5)

(265.8)

56.6

100.5

(0.1)

157.0

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangibles

Purchase of controlled entities and businesses (net of cash acquired)

35

32

Purchase of other investments

Loans to associates

Insurance proceeds applied to asset disposal

Proceeds on disposal of non-current assets

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issue of shares

Proceeds from capital raising

Purchase of employee compensation shares

Dividends paid (net of dividends reinvested under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan  
of $53.1 million (2010: $31.9 million))

Contributions by non-controlling interests

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effects of exchange rate fluctuations on the balances of cash and cash equivalents held in 
foreign currencies

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

35

The cash flow statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes which form an integral part of the financial statements.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

 69

1. Significant accounting policies

Boral Limited (the “Company”) is a company limited by shares 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia whose shares are publicly 
traded on the Australian Securities Exchange.

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 
30 June 2011 comprise Boral Limited and its controlled entities 
(the “Group”).

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors 
on 5 September 2011.

A.  Basis of preparation
The financial statements are a general purpose financial 
statements which have been prepared in accordance with 
Australian Accounting Standards adopted by the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations 
Act 2001. The financial statements of the Group comply with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted by the 
International Accounting Standards Board. 

The financial statements are presented in Australian dollars. 
The functional currency is the principal currency in which 
subsidiaries and associates operate.

The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of 
historical cost, except for derivative financial assets and financial 
assets classified as available for sale, which have been measured 
at fair value. The carrying value of recognised assets and 
liabilities that are hedged with fair value hedges are adjusted to 
record changes in the fair value attributable to the risks that are 
being hedged.

Significant accounting judgements, estimates and 
assumptions: The preparation of financial statements in 
conformity with Australian Accounting Standards requires 
management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and 
associated assumptions are based on historical experience and 
various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under 
the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making 
the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates 
and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. 
Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in 
which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected.

In particular, information about significant areas of estimation, 
uncertainty and critical judgements in applying accounting policies 
that have the most significant effect on the amount recognised in 
the financial statements relate to the following areas:

•	 Goodwill and intangibles: Judgements are made with respect 
to identifying and valuing intangible assets on acquisition of 
new businesses. The Group determines whether goodwill 
and intangibles with indefinite useful lives are impaired at each 
balance date. These calculations involve an estimation of the 
recoverable amount of a cash generating unit to which goodwill 
and intangibles with indefinite useful lives are allocated.

•	 Provision for restoration and environmental rehabilitation: 
Restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs are part of 
the Group’s operations where natural resources are extracted. 
Provisions represent estimates of future costs associated 
with closure and rehabilitation of various sites. The provision 
calculation requires assumptions on closure dates, application 
of environmental legislation, available technologies and 
consultant cost estimates. The ultimate costs remain uncertain 
and costs may vary in response to a number of factors including 
changes to relevant legislation and ultimate use of the site.

•	 Income taxes: The Group is subject to income taxes in 
Australia and other jurisdictions in which Boral operates. 
Significant judgement is required in determining the Group’s 
provision for income taxes. Judgement is also required in 
assessing whether deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities 
are recognised on the balance sheet. Assumptions about the 
generation of future taxable profits depend on management’s 
estimates of future cash flows. Changes in circumstances will 
alter expectations, which may impact the amount recognised 
on the balance sheet and the amount of other tax losses and 
temporary differences not yet recognised.

•	 Share-based payments: The Group measures the cost of 

equity-settled transactions by reference to the fair value of the 
equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The 
fair value is determined by an external valuer using a Monte 
Carlo simulation option-pricing model.

•	 Estimation of useful lives of assets: Estimation of useful 
lives of assets has been based on historical experience. In 
addition, the condition of assets is assessed at least annually 
and considered against the remaining useful life. Adjustments 
to useful lives are made when considered necessary.

•	 Defined benefit plans: Various actuarial assumptions are 

required when determining the Group’s pension schemes and 
other post-employment benefit obligations. These assumptions 
and the related carrying amounts are disclosed in the employee 
benefits note.

70

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

1. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Changes in accounting policies: The Group has adopted 
all new and amended Australian Accounting Standards and 
Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) interpretations 
that are mandatory for the current reporting period and relevant 
to the Group. Adoption of these standards and interpretations 
has not resulted in any material changes to the Group’s financial 
statements. 

Transactions eliminated on consolidation: Intragroup balances 
and transactions, and any unrealised gains and losses arising 
from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from 
transactions with associates and jointly controlled entities are 
eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the entity. 
Unrealised losses arising from transactions with associates are 
eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the 
extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted: 
The following standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations have been identified as those which may impact 
the entity in the period of initial application. They are available for 
early adoption at 30 June 2011, but have not been applied in 
preparing these financial statements:

•	 AASB 9 Financial Instruments includes requirements for the 

classification and measurement of financial assets resulting from 
the first part of Phase 1 of the project to replace AASB 139 
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. AASB 9 
will become mandatory for the Group’s financial statements at 
30 June 2014. Retrospective application is generally required, 
although there are exceptions, particularly if the Group adopts 
the standard for the year ended 30 June 2012 or earlier. 
The Group has not yet determined the potential effect of 
the standard.

B.  Principles of consolidation
Subsidiaries: Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. 
Control exists when the Group has the power, directly or indirectly, 
to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to 
obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, potential 
voting rights that presently are exercisable or convertible are taken 
into account. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included 
in the financial statements from the date that control commences 
until the date that control ceases.

Associates: Associates are those entities for which the Group 
has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and 
operating policies. The financial statements include the Group’s 
share of the total recognised gains and losses of associates on 
an equity accounted basis, from the date that significant influence 
commences until the date that significant influence ceases. When 
the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an associate, 
the Group’s carrying amount is reduced to nil and recognition of 
further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group 
has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments 
on behalf of an associate.

Jointly controlled entities and assets: The interests of the 
Group in unincorporated joint ventures and jointly controlled 
assets are brought to account by recognising in its financial 
statements the assets it controls and the liabilities that it incurs, 
and the expenses it incurs and its share of income that it earns 
from the sale of goods or services by the joint venture.

Business combinations: The acquisition method of accounting is 
used to account for all business combinations. 

The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary 
comprises the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities 
incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group. The 
consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any asset 
or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement 
and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the 
subsidiary.

Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in 
a business combination are initially measured at their fair values at 
the acquisition date. 

On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis the Group recognises any 
non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the 
non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net 
identifiable assets.

The excess of consideration transferred, the amount of any non-
controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair 
value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair 
value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets acquired 
is recorded as goodwill. Where the excess is negative, a bargain 
purchase gain is recognised immediately in the Income Statement. 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, 
the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present 
value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the 
entity’s incremental borrowing rate.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial 
liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently 
remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in 
the Income Statement. 

C.  Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised at fair value of the consideration received 
net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST).

Sale of goods revenue: Sale of goods revenue is recognised (net 
of returns, discounts and allowances) when the significant risks 
and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer.

 71

1. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Rendering of services revenue: Revenue from rendering 
services is recognised in proportion to the stage of completion 
of the contract when the stage of contract completion can be 
reliably measured. An expected loss is recognised immediately as 
an expense.

Land development projects: Revenue from the sale of land 
development projects is recognised when all of the following 
conditions have been met: contracts are exchanged; a significant 
non-refundable deposit is received; and material conditions 
contained within the contract are met.

Dividends: Revenue from dividends from other investments is 
recognised once the right to payment is established.

D.  Government grants
Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value 
where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be 
received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions.

Government grants relating to the purchase of property, plant 
and equipment are included in non-current liabilities as deferred 
income and are credited to the income statement on a straight-
line basis over the expected lives of the related assets.

E.  Income tax
Income tax disclosed in the income statement comprises 
current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income 
statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised 
directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for 
the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect 
to previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, 
providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary 
differences are not provided for: goodwill not deductible for tax 
purposes, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect 
neither accounting nor taxable profits and differences relating to 
investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably 
not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred 
tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation 
or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will 
be realised.

Tax consolidation: Boral Limited and its wholly owned Australian 
controlled entities have elected to enter into tax consolidation 
effective 1 July 2002.

The head entity, Boral Limited, and its wholly owned Australian 
controlled entities continue to account for their own current and 
deferred tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if 
each entity in the tax consolidated group continues to be a stand 
alone tax payer in its own right. Entities within the tax consolidated 
group have entered into a tax sharing agreement with the head 
entity. Under the terms of the tax sharing agreement, each of 
the entities in the tax consolidated group has agreed to pay 
to or receive from the head entity its current year tax liability 
or tax asset. Such amounts are recorded in the balance sheet 
of the head entity in amounts receivable from or payable to 
controlled entities.

Taxation of financial arrangements (TOFA): The Tax Law 
Amendment (Taxation of Financial Arrangements) Act 2009 (TOFA 
legislation) applies to certain financial arrangements of a company 
for income years commencing on or after 1 July 2010. TOFA 
changes the tax treatment of financial arrangements, including the 
treatment of hedging transactions. The Group has not made any 
elections under the TOFA legislation and as a result there is no 
material impact on the financial statements.

F.  Goods and services tax
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount 
of goods and services tax (GST), except where the amount of 
GST incurred is not recoverable from the Australian Taxation Office 
(ATO). In these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part of 
the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST 
included. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable 
to, the ATO is included as a current asset or liability in the 
balance sheet.

Cash flows are included in the cash flow statement on a gross 
basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing 
and financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to, 
the ATO are classified as operating cash flows.

G.  Net financing costs
Financing costs include interest payable on borrowings calculated 
using the effective interest rate method, finance charges in 
respect of finance leases, exchange differences arising from 
foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded 
as an adjustment to interest costs and differences relating to the 
unwinding of the discount of assets and liabilities measured at 
amortised cost.

Financing costs are recognised as an expense in the period in 
which they are incurred, unless they relate to a qualifying asset. 
Financing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying 
asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to 
complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale.

Financial income is recognised as it accrues taking into account 
the effective yield on the financial asset.

72

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

1. Significant accounting policies (continued)

K.   Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued 

H.  Foreign currencies
Transactions: Transactions in foreign currencies are translated 
at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
at the balance sheet date are translated to Australian dollars at 
the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange 
differences arising on translation are recognised in the income 
statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured 
in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using 
the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

Translation: The financial statements of foreign operations are 
translated to Australian dollars as follows:

•	 assets (including goodwill) and liabilities for each balance 
sheet are translated at the closing rate at the date of that 
balance sheet;

•	 all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate 
component of equity (foreign currency translation reserve); and

•	 income and expenses for each income statement are translated 
at average exchange rates approximating the rates prevailing on 
the transaction dates.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation 
of any net investment in foreign entities, and of borrowings 
and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such 
investments, are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve. 
When a foreign operation is sold, a proportionate share of such 
exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as 
part of the gain or loss on sale.

I.  Receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost, less allowance 
for impairment. An allowance for impairment is established 
when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be 
able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms 
of receivables. The amount of the allowance is the difference 
between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows. The amount of the allowance is 
recognised in the Income Statement.

J.  Inventories
Inventories and work in progress are valued at the lower of cost 
(including materials, labour and appropriate overheads) and net 
realisable value. Cost is determined predominantly on the first-
in-first-out basis of valuation. Net realisable value is determined 
on the basis of each entity’s normal selling pattern. Expenses of 
marketing, selling and distribution to customers are estimated and 
are deducted to establish net realisable value.

Land development projects: Land development projects are 
stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes 
the cost of acquisition, development and holding costs during 
development. Costs incurred after completion of development are 
expensed as incurred.

operations

Non-current assets are classified as held for sale and stated at 
the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell 
if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than through continuing use. An impairment 
loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write-down of the 
asset to fair value less costs to sell. A gain is recognised for any 
subsequent increase in fair value less costs to sell of an asset, but 
not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss.

Non-current assets are not depreciated or amortised while they 
are classified as held for sale.

A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that 
has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that 
represents a separate major line of business or geographical 
area of operations, is part of a single coordinated plan to 
dispose of such a line of business or area of operations, or is a 
subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of 
discontinued operations are presented separately on the face of 
the income statement.

L.  Impairment
The carrying value of the Group’s assets, other than inventories 
and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each balance sheet 
date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. 
If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is 
estimated. For goodwill, the recoverable amount is assessed at 
each balance date.

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount 
of an asset or its cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the income 
statement, unless the asset has previously been revalued, in 
which case the impairment loss is recognised as a reversal to the 
extent of that previous revaluation with any excess recognised 
through the income statement. Impairment losses recognised in 
respect of cash generating units are allocated first to reduce the 
carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the cash generating 
units (group of units) and then, to reduce the carrying amount of 
the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis.

The recoverable amount of other assets is the greater of their fair 
value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, 
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present 
value of money using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely 
independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined 
for the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Reversals of impairment: An impairment loss in respect of 
goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, an impairment 
loss is reversed if there is an indication that the impairment loss 
may no longer exist and there has been a change in the estimates 
used to determine the recoverable amount.

 73

1. Significant accounting policies (continued)

An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent of the asset’s 
carrying amount net of depreciation or amortisation, as if no 
impairment loss has been recognised.

M.  Intangible assets
Goodwill: All business combinations are accounted for by 
applying the purchase method. Goodwill represents the difference 
between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the net 
identifiable assets acquired.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units and is not 
amortised but is tested annually for impairment. In respect of 
associates, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in the 
carrying amount of the investment in the associate.

Negative goodwill arising on an acquisition is recognised directly in 
the income statement.

Other intangible assets: Other intangible assets that are 
acquired by the Group are stated at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses.

Amortisation: Amortisation is charged to the income statement 
on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible 
assets unless such lives are indefinite. Goodwill and intangible 
assets with an indefinite useful life are systematically tested for 
impairment at each annual balance sheet date. Other intangible 
assets are amortised from the date that they are available for use.

N.  Deferred expenses
Expenditure is deferred to the extent that it is considered probable 
that future economic benefits embodied in the expenditure will 
eventuate and can be reliably measured. Deferred expenses 
are amortised over the period in which the related benefits 
are expected to be realised. The carrying value of deferred 
expenditure is reviewed in accordance with the policy set out 
under impairment.

O.  Investments
All investments are initially recognised at cost being the fair value 
of consideration given and include acquisition costs associated 
with the investment.

After initial recognition, investments which are classified as 
available for sale are measured at fair value. Gains and losses 
on available for sale investments are recognised as a separate 
component of equity until the investment is sold, or until the 
investment is determined to be impaired, at which time the 
cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is included 
in the income statement.

For investments that are actively traded in organised financial 
markets, the fair value is determined by reference to the Stock 
Exchange quoted market bid prices at the close of business at the 
balance sheet date.

P.  Property, plant and equipment
Owned assets: Items of property, plant and equipment are 
stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses. The cost of self-constructed assets includes 
the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion 
of production overheads. Assessment of impairment loss is made 
in accordance with the impairment policy.

The cost of property, plant and equipment includes the cost 
of decommissioning and restoration costs at the end of their 
economic lives if a present legal or constructive obligation exists.

When an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major 
components having different useful lives, they are accounted for 
as separate items of property, plant and equipment.

Leased plant and equipment: Leases under which the Group 
assumes substantially all the risk and rewards of ownership 
are classified as finance leases. Other leases are classified as 
operating leases. Finance leases are capitalised. A lease asset 
and a lease liability equal to the present value of the minimum 
lease payments are recorded at the inception of the lease. Lease 
liabilities are reduced by repayments of principal. The interest 
components of the lease payments are expensed. Contingent 
rentals are expensed as incurred.

Operating leases are not capitalised and lease costs are expensed.

Depreciation: Items of property, plant and equipment, including 
buildings and leasehold property but excluding freehold land, are 
depreciated using the straight-line method over their expected 
useful lives. Assets are depreciated from the date of acquisition or, 
in respect of internally constructed assets, from the time an asset 
is completed and held ready for use.

The depreciation and amortisation rates used for each class of 
asset are as follows:

Buildings

1 – 10%

Timber licences and mineral reserves

1 – 5%

1 – 10%

1 – 5%

Plant and equipment

5 – 33.3% 5 – 33.3%

2011

2010

Q.  Payables
Trade payables and other accounts payable are recognised when 
the Group becomes obliged to make future payments resulting 
from the purchase of goods and services. Payables are stated at 
their amortised cost.

R.  Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction 
costs incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are 
stated at amortised cost, with any difference between cost and 
redemption value being recognised in the income statement over 
the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis. 

74

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

1. Significant accounting policies (continued)

S.  Employee benefits
Wages and salaries: The provision for employee entitlement to 
wages and salaries represents the amount which the Group has 
a present obligation to pay resulting from employee’s services 
provided up to the balance date.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using a 
pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, the terms 
of the share-based payment, the vesting and performance criteria, 
the impact of dilution, the non-tradeable nature of the payment, 
the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the 
underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free 
interest rate for the term of the share-based payment.

Annual leave, long service leave and retirement benefits: 
The provision for employee entitlements in respect of long service 
leave and retirement benefits represents the present value of 
the estimated future cash outflows to be made by the employer 
resulting from employees’ services provided up to the balance date.

Provisions for employee entitlements which are not expected to 
be settled within 12 months are calculated using expected future 
increases in wage and salary rates, including related on-costs 
and expected settlement dates based on turnover history and 
are discounted using the rates attached to national government 
securities at balance date, which most closely match the terms of 
maturity of the related liabilities.

Superannuation: The Group contributes to several defined 
benefit and defined contribution superannuation plans.

Defined contribution plan obligations are recognised as an 
expense in the income statement as incurred.

The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit pension 
plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the 
amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return 
for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is 
discounted to determine the present value, and the fair value of 
any plan assets is deducted. 

All actuarial gains and losses that arise in calculating the 
Group’s obligation in respect of the plan are recognised directly 
in retained earnings.

When the calculation results in plan assets exceeding liabilities 
for the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the present 
value of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future 
contributions to the plan.

Share-based payments: The Group provides benefits to senior 
executives in the form of share-based payment transactions, 
whereby senior executives render services in exchange for options 
and/or rights over shares.

The cost of the share-based payments with employees is 
measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which 
they are granted. The fair value is measured at grant date and 
recognised as an expense over the expected vesting period 
with a corresponding increase in equity. The amount recognised 
is adjusted to reflect the actual number of options that vest, 
except for those that fail to vest due to market conditions not 
being achieved.

For shares issued under the Employee Share Plan, the difference 
between the market value of shares and the discount price issued 
to employees is recognised as an employee benefits expense with 
a corresponding increase in equity.

T.  Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group 
has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of 
a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic 
benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is 
material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected 
future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, 
the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is applied, 
increases in the balance of provisions attributable to the passage 
of time are recognised as an interest expense.

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation: Provision is 
made to recognise the fair value of the liability for restoration 
and environmental rehabilitation of areas from which natural 
resources are extracted. The associated asset retirement costs 
are capitalised as part of the carrying amount of the related long-
lived asset and amortised over the life of the related asset. At the 
end of each year, the liability is increased to reflect the passage of 
time and adjusted to reflect changes in the estimated future cash 
flows underlying the initial fair value measurement. Provisions are 
also made for the expected cost of environmental rehabilitation of 
sites identified as being contaminated as a result of prior activities 
at the time when the exposure is identified and estimated clean up 
costs can be reliably assessed.

Onerous contracts: An onerous contract is considered to exist 
where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable 
costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the 
economic benefits expected to be received under it. Present 
obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognised and 
measured as a provision.

U.  Derivative financial instruments
The Group is exposed to changes in interest rates, foreign 
exchange rates and commodity prices from its activities. The 
Group uses the following derivative financial instruments to hedge 
these risks: interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest 
rate options, forward foreign exchange contracts and futures 
commodity fixed price swap contracts.

 75

Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation: The portion of 
the gain or loss on an instrument used to hedge a net investment 
in a foreign operation that is determined to be an effective 
hedge is recognised directly in equity. The ineffective portion is 
recognised immediately in the income statement.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting:  
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. 
Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does 
not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in 
the income statement.

V.  Share capital
Issued and paid up capital is recognised at the fair value of the 
consideration received by the Company. Transaction costs directly 
attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised directly 
to equity as a reduction of the share proceeds received, net of  
any tax effects.

W.  Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the net 
profit attributable to members of the parent entity for the reporting 
period, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares of 
Boral Limited, adjusted for any bonus issue. 

Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the basic EPS earnings, 
adjusted by the effect on revenues and expenses of conversion to 
ordinary shares associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive 
potential ordinary shares adjusted for any bonus issue.

X.  Comparative figures
Where necessary to facilitate comparison, comparative figures 
have been adjusted to conform with changes in presentation in 
the current financial year.

Y.  Rounding of amounts to the nearest $100,000
Boral Limited is an entity of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 
98/100 dated 10 July 1998 and, in accordance with the Class 
Order, amounts in the financial statements and Directors’ Report 
have been rounded off to the nearest one hundred thousand 
dollars, unless otherwise stated.

1. Significant accounting policies (continued)

The Group does not enter into derivative financial instrument 
transactions for trading purposes. However, financial instruments 
entered into to hedge an underlying exposure which does  
not qualify for hedge accounting are accounted for as  
trading instruments.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value. The method of recognising the 
resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is 
designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the 
item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as 
either; hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or 
a firm commitment (fair value hedge), hedges of highly probable 
forecast transactions (cash flow hedge), and hedges of net 
investment in foreign operations.

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the 
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as 
well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking 
various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its 
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of 
whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have 
been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes 
in fair values of cash flows or hedged items.

Fair value hedge: Changes in the fair value of derivatives that 
are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded 
in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair 
value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the 
hedged risk.

Cash flow hedge: The effective portion of changes in the fair 
value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow 
hedges is recognised in equity in the hedging reserve. The gain or 
loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in 
the income statement.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income 
statement in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit 
or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged 
results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial 
liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are 
transferred from equity and included in the measurement of  
the initial cost and carrying amount of the asset or liability.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or 
when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, 
any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains 
in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is 
ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or 
loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the 
income statement.

76

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

2. Segments

Operating segments are based on internal reporting to the Chief Executive in assessing performance and determining the allocation 
of resources.

The following summary describes the operations of the Group’s reportable segments:

Boral Construction Materials 

–  Quarries, concrete, asphalt, transport and property development.

Cement Division 

–  Cement, Asian concrete, quarries and pipes.

Boral Building Products 

–  Australian plasterboard, bricks, timber products, roof tiles, masonry and Asian plasterboard.

United States of America 

–  Bricks, roof tiles, fly ash, concrete, quarries, masonry and cultured stone.

Other 

–  Concrete placing and windows.

Discontinued Operations 

–  Scaffolding and precast panels.

Unallocated 

–  Non-trading operations and unallocated corporate costs.

The major end use markets for Boral’s products include residential and non-residential construction and the engineering and 
infrastructure markets.

Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.

The Group has a large number of customers to which it provides products, with no single customer responsible for more than 10% of 
the Group’s revenue.

Segment results, assets and liabilities includes items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a 
reasonable basis.

Reconciliations of reportable segment revenues and profits

External revenue

Less revenue from discontinued operations

Revenue from continuing operations

Profit before tax

Profit/(loss) before net financing costs and income tax expense from reportable segments

(Profit)/loss from discontinued operations

Significant items applicable to discontinued operations

Net financing costs

Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations

            CONSOLIDATED

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

4,710.5

(28.8)

4,681.7

4,599.3

(105.5)

4,493.8

234.4

(2.6)

–

231.8

(63.7)

168.1

(33.1)

18.6

75.7

61.2

(97.0) 

(35.8)

 77

2. Segments (continued)

Boral Construction Materials

Cement Division

Boral Building Products

United States of America

Other

Discontinued Operations

Boral Construction Materials

Cement Division

Boral Building Products

United States of America

Other

Discontinued Operations

Unallocated

Significant items (refer note 4)

Boral Construction Materials

Cement Division

Boral Building Products

United States of America

Other

Discontinued Operations

Unallocated

Cash and cash equivalents

Tax assets

            TOTAL REVENUE

            INTERNAL REVENUE

            EXTERNAL REVENUE

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

2,420.2

732.4

1,157.4

431.2

285.5

29.7

2,266.2

706.3

1,212.6

363.7

293.8

108.0

5,056.4

4,950.6

144.8

192.7

7.5

–

–

0.9

345.9

147.7

194.1

7.0

–

–

2.5

351.3

            OPERATING PROFIT 
            (EXCLUDING ASSOCIATES)

            EQUITY ACCOUNTED  
            RESULTS OF ASSOCIATES

2,275.4

539.7

1,149.9

431.2

285.5

28.8

2,118.5

512.2

1,205.6

363.7

293.8

105.5

4,710.5

4,599.3

            PROFIT BEFORE NET  
            FINANCING COSTS AND  
            INCOME TAX EXPENSE

2011 
$ millions

2010  

$ millions

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

201.0

82.6

57.7

(98.0)

7.6

2.6

(18.3)

235.2

(42.8)

192.4

203.3

75.3

72.6

(85.6)

6.3

(18.6)

(21.7)

231.6

(243.2)

(11.6)

2.9

13.3

26.8

(1.0)

–

–

–

42.0

–

42.0

(2.3)

12.6

28.1

(18.1)

–

–

–

20.3

(41.8)

(21.5)

203.9

95.9

84.5

(99.0)

7.6

2.6

(18.3)

277.2

(42.8)

234.4

201.0

87.9

100.7

(103.7)

6.3

(18.6)

(21.7)

251.9

(285.0)

(33.1)

            SEGMENT ASSETS  
            (EXCLUDING INVESTMENTS  
            IN ASSOCIATES)

EQUITY ACCOUNTED 
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

TOTAL ASSETS

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

1,800.0

785.4

1,261.9

828.8

78.8

–

23.5

1,634.0

832.2

1,297.8

775.1

90.8

59.5

25.6

0.8

20.5

214.8

4.1

–

–

–

1.4

18.8

232.3

41.6

–

–

–

1,800.8

805.9

1,476.7

832.9

78.8

–

23.5

1,635.4

851.0

1,530.1

816.7

90.8

59.5

25.6

4,778.4

4,715.0

240.2

294.1

5,018.6

5,009.1

561.2

88.2

157.0

43.3

–

–

–

–

561.2

88.2

157.0

43.3

5,427.8

4,915.3

240.2

294.1

5,668.0

5,209.4

78

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

2. Segments (continued)

Boral Construction Materials

Cement Division

Boral Building Products

United States of America

Other

Discontinued Operations

Unallocated

Loans and borrowings

Tax liabilities

            LIABILITIES

            ACQUISITION OF SEGMENT 
            ASSETS

            DEPRECIATION AND 
            AMORTISATION

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

416.7

129.5

207.0

139.4

38.0

–

229.5

1,160.1

1,066.6

284.9

2,511.6

358.1

126.3

216.4

134.2

58.1

9.9

122.9

1,025.9

1,339.6

217.8

2,583.3

160.0

52.9

82.7

43.3

5.4

0.6

0.9

80.9

25.6

59.1

9.4

2.5

2.3

0.1

90.4

54.3

54.0

41.9

3.5

–

0.9

95.5

52.7

57.4

36.8

3.6

5.8

0.8

345.8

179.9

245.0

252.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

345.8

179.9

245.0

252.6

Geographical information
For the year ended 30 June 2011, the Group’s trading revenue from external customers in Australia amounted to $4,051.2 million 
(2010: $4,007.6 million), with $228.1 million (2010: $228.0 million) from the Asian operations and $431.2 million (2010: $363.7 million) 
relating to operations in the USA. The Group’s non-current assets (excluding deferred tax assets and other financial assets) in 
Australia amounted to $2,624.8 million (2010: $2,584.3 million), with $269.3 million (2010: $310.3 million) in Asia and $651.2 million 
(2010: $632.7 million) in the USA.

For the year ended 30 June

3. Profit for the period

REVENUE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Sale of goods

Rendering of services

Revenue from continuing operations

OTHER INCOME

Significant item

Net profit on sale of assets

Other income

Other income from continuing operations

OTHER EXPENSES

Significant items

Net foreign exchange loss

Other expenses from continuing operations

SHARE OF NET PROFIT OF ASSOCIATES

Share of associates’ underlying net profit

Significant item

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

4,618.8

4,448.2

62.9

45.6

4,681.7

4,493.8

33.4

25.8

16.3

75.5

76.2

1.1

77.3

42.0

–

42.0

–

18.5

7.3

25.8

167.5

2.1

169.6

20.3

(41.8)

(21.5)

4

4

4

 79

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

18.4

223.2

1.5

1.9

12.8

230.8

4.2

4.8

245.0

252.6

0.9

23.1

24.0

83.6

4.1

87.7

(63.7)

2.0

3.3

5.3

99.4

2.9

102.3

(97.0)

1,056.1

1,020.2

118.4

8.3

104.3

8.2

For the year ended 30 June

3. Profit for the period (continued)

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION EXPENSES

Land and buildings

Plant and equipment

Timber licences and mineral reserves

Other intangibles

NET FINANCING COSTS

Interest income received or receivable from:

Associated entities

Other parties (cash at bank and bank short-term deposits)

Interest expense paid or payable to:

Other parties (bank overdrafts, bank loans and other loans)

Unwinding of discount

Net financing costs

OTHER CHARGES

Employee benefits expense*

Operating lease rental charges

Bad and doubtful debts expense

*   Employee benefits expense includes salaries and wages, defined benefit and defined contribution expenses together with share-based payments and other entitlements.

80

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

For the year ended 30 June

4. Significant items

Net profit/(loss) includes the following items whose disclosure is relevant in  
explaining the financial performance of the Group:

Continuing operations

Closure of plywood operations

Net insurance proceeds
Impairment of assets
Closure costs

Excess of insurance proceeds over asset carrying values
Impairment of assets, businesses and demolition costs

Goodwill
Property, plant and equipment
Other intangible assets
Investments accounted for using the equity method
Inventory
Demolition costs
Closure costs

Acquisition expenditure
Acquisition expenditure

Organisational restructure

Corporate and divisional restructure and simplification

Total significant items before interest and tax, from continuing operations

Summary of significant items from continuing operations

Loss before interest and tax
Income tax benefit
Income tax benefit – amended returns
Net significant items from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Impairment of businesses

Property, plant and equipment
Other

Summary of significant items from discontinued operations

Loss before interest and tax
Income tax benefit
Net significant items from discontinued operations

Summary of significant items
Loss before interest and tax
Income tax benefit
Income tax benefit – amended returns
Net significant items

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011  

$ millions

2010  

$ millions

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

33.4
(9.6)
(4.2)
19.6

–
(38.8)
–
–
(3.6)
(3.7)
(7.0)
(53.1)

(9.3)
(9.3)

–
–
(42.8)

(42.8)
17.1
18.0
(7.7)

–
–
–

–
–
–

(42.8)
17.1
18.0
(7.7)

–
–
–
–

(4.3)
(92.3)
(3.3)
(41.8)
(30.6)
(22.8)
(0.5)
(195.6)

–
–

(13.7)
(13.7)
(209.3)

(209.3)
46.1
–
(163.2)

(70.4)
(5.3)
(75.7)

(75.7)
16.8
(58.9)

(285.0)
62.9
–
(222.1)

 81

4. Significant items (continued)

2011 Significant items
(i) Insurance recoveries
During January 2011, significant flooding occurred in Queensland and Northern New South Wales, which impacted a number of the 
Group’s businesses, with the most severe impact occurring at the Group’s Plywood operation. Following an extensive review of the 
feasibility of rebuilding the plant, a decision was taken in June 2011 to close the Plywood operation, resulting in the write-off of assets 
and recognition of closure costs.

(ii) Manufacturing capacity rationalisation and impairment of assets
Deterioration in returns from a number of businesses resulted in a reassessment of manufacturing capacity in several of the Group’s 
businesses. As a result of this review, closure of a number of manufacturing lines was announced relating predominantly to the Clay and 
Concrete East Coast Bricks and Masonry operations, together with rationalisation of Brick plants in the USA and closure of a number of 
small Country New South Wales Concrete and Quarry operations.

(iii) Tax benefit
During the year, the Group received amended assessments from the Australian Taxation Office, resulting in the recognition of benefits 
relating predominantly to research and development activity.

2010 Significant items
Impairment of assets, businesses and demolition costs
In 2010, the Group completed a comprehensive strategic review of Boral’s portfolio of businesses, operations and structures. 
The strategic review identified a number of poorer performing assets and assets which could derive greater value from alternative 
ownership. As a result, the Group has reviewed the carrying value of its underperforming businesses, reviewed slow moving inventories 
and under-utilised and redundant plant. This resulted in a write-down of $16.9 million in respect of the Thailand Construction Materials 
business, $43.1 million in respect of US mothballed brick and tile plants, closure costs and associated obsolete and slow moving 
inventory, $41.8 million in respect of the write-down of the Group’s share of urban land development costs of an associate, Penrith 
Lakes Development Corporation Limited, and $93.8 million in respect of Australian mothballed and obsolete assets, closure costs and 
write-off of slow moving inventories.

Organisational restructure
As part of the strategic review, the Group announced a number of initiatives to simplify the business and improve the operational 
effectiveness of the Group. As part of this review, a simplified reporting structure to the Chief Executive was implemented.

Summary of significant items before interest and tax

Boral Construction Materials

Cement Division

Boral Building Products

United States of America

Discontinued Operations

Unallocated

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

(4.6)

–

(20.6)

(8.3)

–

(9.3)

(42.8)

(59.5)

(38.7)

(67.0)

(43.1)

(75.7)

(1.0)

(285.0)

82

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

5. Discontinued operations and assets held for sale

During the year, the Group sold both its Precast Panels and Scaffolding businesses. The income statement shows the discontinued 
operations separately from continuing operations.

The carrying values of both businesses were remeasured at 30 June 2010 to fair value less costs to sell.

Results of discontinued operations

Revenue

Expenses

Profit/(loss) before income tax expense (excluding significant items)

Income tax (expense)/benefit (excluding significant items)

Profit/(loss) before significant items

Net significant items

Net profit/(loss)

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

28.8

(26.2)

2.6

(0.7)

1.9

–

1.9

105.5

(124.1)

(18.6)

5.7

(12.9)

(58.9)

(71.8)

4

Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share

0.3c

(12.1c)

The profit/(loss) from discontinued operations is attributable entirely to the Group.

Cash flows from/(used in) discontinued operations

Net cash from/(used in) operating activities

Net cash from/(used in) investing activities

Net cash from/(used in) discontinued operations

Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Assets classified as held for sale

Payables

Loans and borrowings

Provisions

Liabilities classified as held for sale

Net assets

Effect of disposal on the financial position of the Group

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Deferred taxes

Payables

Provisions

Net assets disposed

Consideration received

8.5

47.5

56.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

33.6

8.2

7.6

12.5

0.4

0.2

(12.4)

(5.9)

44.2

48.1

0.8

(2.2)

(1.4)

33.1

8.3

6.8

11.0

0.3

59.5

4.6

0.1

5.2

9.9

49.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 83

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

49.5

(40.6)

(3.6)

5.3

51.2

(11.7)

39.5

1.0

2.1

(5.2)

(12.7)

–

–

2.2

(18.0)

8.9

(3.6)

5.3

39.7

(35.1)

4.6

0.7

–

0.7

5.3

0.9

28.5

0.3

29.7

(3.6)

26.1

81.3

(117.7)

(4.4)

(40.8)

(39.0)

(16.7)

(55.7)

2.9

2.7

0.1

(11.3)

12.5

13.8

(1.4)

–

(36.4)

(4.4)

(40.8)

27.8

(46.1)

(18.3)

(5.7)

(16.8)

(22.5)

(40.8)

(0.6)

23.2

3.2

25.8

–

25.8

4

4

5

4

6. Income tax expense

(i) 

Income tax expense

Current income tax expense/(benefit)

Deferred income tax expense/(benefit)

Over provision for tax in previous years

Income tax expense/(benefit) attributable to profit

(ii)  Reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax

Income tax expense/(benefit) on profit:

–  at Australian tax rate 30% (2010: 30%)

–  adjustment for difference between Australian and overseas tax rates

Income tax expense/(benefit) on pre-tax profit at standard rates

Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable income:

Tax losses not recognised

Non-deductible depreciation and amortisation

Capital gains/(losses) brought to account

Share of associates’ net profit and franked dividends (excluding significant items)

Share of associates’ net profit – significant item

Non-deductible impairment of assets

Other items

Significant item

Income tax expense/(benefit) on profit

Over provision for tax in previous years

Income tax expense/(benefit) attributable to profit

Income tax expense/(benefit) from continuing operations

Income tax expense/(benefit) excluding significant items

Income tax expense/(benefit) relating to significant items

Income tax expense/(benefit) from discontinued operations

Income tax expense/(benefit) excluding significant items

Income tax expense/(benefit) relating to significant items

(iii)  Tax amounts recognised directly in equity

The following deferred tax amounts were charged/(credited) directly to equity during the 
year in respect of:

Actuarial adjustment on defined benefit plans

Net exchange differences taken to equity

Fair value adjustment on cash flow hedges

Recognised in comprehensive income

Share issue expenses

Recognised directly in equity

84

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

7. Dividends

Dividends recognised by the Group are:

2011

2010 final – ordinary

2011 interim – ordinary

Total

2010

2009 final – ordinary

2010 interim – ordinary

Total

Subsequent event

Amount per share

Total amount
$ millions

Franked amount 
per share

Date of payment

6.5 cents

7.5 cents

5.5 cents

7.0 cents

46.7

54.3

101.0

32.6

41.7

74.3

6.5 cents

28 September 2010

7.5 cents

24 March 2011

5.5 cents

7.0 cents

28 September 2009

23 March 2010

Since the end of the financial year, the Directors declared the following dividend:

2011 final – ordinary

7.0 cents

51.1

7.0 cents

27 September 2011

The financial effect of the final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2011 has not been brought to account in the financial statements 
for the year but will be recognised in subsequent financial reports.

Dividend franking account
The balance of the franking account of Boral Limited as at 30 June 2011 is $124.4 million (2010: $151.1 million) after adjusting for 
franking credits/(debits) that will arise from:

–  the payment/refund of the amount of the current tax liability;

–  the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at year end;

and before taking into account the franking credits associated with payment of the final dividend declared subsequent to year end.

The impact on the franking account of the dividend recommended by the Directors since year end, but not recognised as a liability at 
year end, will be a reduction in the franking account of $21.9 million (2010: $20.0 million).

Dividend Reinvestment Plan
The Group’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan will operate in respect of the payment of the final dividend and the last date for the receipt of 
an election notice for participation in the plan is 29 August 2011.

 85

8. Earnings per share

Classification of securities as ordinary shares
Only ordinary shares have been included in basic earnings per share.

Classification of securities as potential ordinary shares
Options outstanding under the Executive Share Option Plan and Share Performance Rights have been classified as potential ordinary 
shares and are included in diluted earnings per share only.

Earnings reconciliation

Net profit before significant items and non-controlling interests

Loss/(profit) attributable to non-controlling interests

Net profit excluding significant items

Net significant items

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of the parent entity

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator

Number for basic earnings per share

Effect of potential ordinary shares

Number for diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (excluding significant items)

Diluted earnings per share (excluding significant items)

Basic earnings per share (continuing operations)

Diluted earnings per share (continuing operations)

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

173.1

2.3

175.4

(7.7)

167.7

132.8

(1.2)

131.6

(222.1)

(90.5)

            CONSOLIDATED

2011

2010

718,726,833 595,848,789

4,069,322

3,660,323

722,796,155 599,509,112

23.3c

23.2c

24.4c

24.3c

23.1c

22.9c

(15.2c)

(15.2c)

22.1c

22.0c

(3.1c)

(3.1c)

The average market value of the Company’s shares for the purpose of calculating the dilutive effect of share options was based on 
quoted market prices for the period that the options were outstanding.

86

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

9. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and on hand

Bank short-term deposits

The bank short-term deposits mature within 90 days and pay interest at a weighted average interest rate 
of 5.25% (2010: 3.1%).

10. Receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Associated entities

Less: Allowance for impairment

Other receivables

Less: Allowance for impairment

The Group requires all customers to pay in accordance with agreed payment terms. Included in the 
Group’s trade receivables are debtors with a carrying value of $112.3 million (2010: $119.5 million), which 
are past due but not impaired. These relate to a number of debtors with no significant change in credit 
quality or history of default. The ageing analysis is as follows:

Trade receivables – past due 0-60 days

Trade receivables – past due > 60 days

Allowance for impairment
An allowance for impairment of trade receivables is raised when there is objective evidence that an 
individual receivable is impaired. Indicators of impairment would include significant financial difficulties of 
the debtor, the probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation and default or 
delinquency in payments.

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect to trade receivables during the year was 
as follows:

Balance at the beginning of the year

Amounts written off during the year

Increase recognised in income statement

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of the year

Non-current

Loans to associated entities

Other receivables

No amounts owing by associates or included in other receivables were past due as at 30 June 2011.

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

127.0

434.2

561.2

74.1

82.9

157.0

720.5

27.6

748.1

(18.9)

729.2

58.4

(3.5)

54.9

676.7

77.8

754.5

(23.5)

731.0

57.0

(4.3)

52.7

784.1

783.7

98.4

13.9

104.2

15.3

(23.5)

10.1

(8.3)

2.8

(18.9)

0.6

9.7

10.3

(24.6)

9.4

(8.2)

(0.1)

(23.5)

9.0

10.2

19.2

 87

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

176.8

57.6

346.3

15.4

596.1

169.3

64.4

298.5

16.3

548.5

93.5

85.3

23.4

85.5

108.9

19.5

82.1

101.6

11. Inventories

Current

Raw materials and consumable stores

Work in progress

Finished goods

Land development projects

Non-current

Land development projects

Land development projects comprises:

Cost of acquisition

Development costs capitalised

88

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

12. Investments accounted for using the equity method

Name

Principal activity

Country of 
incorporation

Balance 
date

2011
%

2010
%

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

            OWNERSHIP
            INTEREST

      INVESTMENT 
      CARRYING AMOUNT

            CONSOLIDATED

      CONSOLIDATED

Details of investments in associates

Bitumen Importers Australia Pty Ltd

Bitumen importer

Caribbean Roof Tile Company Limited

Roof tiles

Flyash Australia Pty Ltd

Fly ash collection

Gypsum Resources Australia Pty Ltd

Gypsum mining

Highland Pine Products Pty Ltd

Timber

Lafarge Boral Gypsum in Asia Sdn Bhd

Plasterboard

MonierLifetile LLC*

MonierLifetile S.R.L. de C.V.*

Roof tiles

Roof tiles

Penrith Lakes Development Corporation Ltd Quarrying

Rondo Building Services Pty Ltd

Rollform systems

South East Asphalt Pty Ltd

Asphalt

Australia

Trinidad

Australia

Australia

Australia

Malaysia

USA

Mexico

Australia

Australia

Australia

Sunstate Cement Ltd

Tile Service Company LLC*

US Tile LLC

Total

Cement manufacturer

Australia

Roof tiles

Roof tiles

USA

USA

30-Jun

31-Dec

31-Dec

30-Jun

30-Jun

31-Dec

31-Dec

31-Dec

30-Jun

30-Jun

30-Jun

30-Jun

31-Dec

31-Dec

50

50

50

50

50

50

-

-

40

50

50

50

-

50

* MonierLifetile LLC, MonierLifetile S.R.L. de C.V. and Tile Service Company LLC became controlled entities during the year.

Movements in carrying value of associates

Balance at the beginning of the year

Investments in associates during the year

Associates becoming controlled entities during the year

Share of associates’ net profit

Share of associates’ impairment of assets

Dividends from associates

Results from associates recognised against non-current receivables/provisions

Share of associates’ movement in currency reserve

Effect of exchange rate and other changes

Balance at the end of the year

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

40

50

50

50

50

50

–

4.1

2.6

–

–

–

6.0

2.6

–

–

201.8

226.8

–

–

–

13.0

0.8

17.9

–

–

33.8

1.8

–

5.5

1.4

16.2

–

–

240.2

294.1

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

294.1

–

(36.2)

42.0

–

(27.7)

(2.9)

18.0

(47.1)

240.2

298.9

0.1

–

20.3

(41.8)

(26.6)

45.1

15.1

(17.0)

294.1

When the Group’s share of losses from an associate exceed the Group’s investment in the relevant associate, the losses are taken 
against any long-term receivables relating to the associate and if the Group’s obligation for losses exceeds this amount, they are 
recorded as a provision in the Group’s financial statements to the extent that the Group has an obligation to fund the liability.

 89

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

42.0

9.2

(24.8)

42.0

(27.7)

40.7

8.7

18.0

26.7

95.5

–

(5.4)

(21.5)

(26.6)

42.0

(6.4)

15.1

8.7

12. Investments accounted for using the equity method (continued)

Share of post acquisition retained earnings attributable to associates

Balance at the beginning of the year

Associates becoming controlled entities during the year

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Share of associates’ net profit/(loss)

Dividends from associates

Balance at the end of the year

Share of post acquisition reserves attributable to associates

Balance at the beginning of the year

Share of associates’ movement in reserves

Balance at the end of the year

Summary of performance and financial position of associates

The Group’s share of aggregate revenue, profits, assets and liabilities of associates is as follows:

Share of associates’ revenue

429.4

467.7

Share of associates’ underlying profit before income tax expense

Share of associates’ underlying income tax expense

Share of associates’ non-controlling interest

Significant item

Share of associates’ net profit/(loss) – equity accounted

Share of associates’ net assets

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

60.3

(15.8)

(2.5)

42.0

–

42.0

158.6

333.1

491.7

109.6

141.9

251.5

240.2

42.2

(19.7)

(2.2)

20.3

(41.8)

(21.5)

184.4

491.9

676.3

188.6

193.6

382.2

294.1

90

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

12. Investments accounted for using the equity method (continued)

Share of associates’ commitments

Share of associates’ capital expenditure commitments contracted but not provided for:

Not later than one year

1.3

1.1

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

Share of associates’ operating lease commitments payable:

Not later than one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

13. Other financial assets

Non-current

Derivative financial assets

14. Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings

At cost

Less: Accumulated depreciation, amortisation and impairment

Timber licences and mineral reserves

At cost

Less: Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Plant and equipment

At cost

Less: Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Leased plant and equipment capitalised

Less: Accumulated amortisation

Total

3.8

9.6

6.8

20.2

7.5

7.5

4.8

12.9

8.2

25.9

26.8

26.8

1,170.8

(134.9)

1,035.9

1,114.9

(105.0)

1,009.9

93.7

(19.3)

74.4

96.4

(15.4)

81.0

4,258.5

4,040.7

(2,475.3)

(2,346.6)

1,783.2

1,694.1

1.6

(0.2)

1.4

0.3

(0.2)

0.1

1,784.6

2,894.9

1,694.2

2,785.1

At 30 June 2010, the carrying value of the Thailand Construction Materials business was reviewed as part of the Group’s annual 
impairment testing, taking into account the current performance of the business and the challenging market conditions experienced in 
the Thailand Construction Materials market. This resulted in a write-down of assets of $16.9 million based on a value in use calculation 
using a pre-tax discount rate of 15%.

 91

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

1,009.9

1,065.4

20.4

(9.6)

70.9

33.8

(16.7)

–

(1.2)

(18.4)

(53.2)

1.3

(10.7)

–

6.4

(23.2)

(6.1)

–

(12.8)

(10.4)

1,035.9

1,009.9

81.0

–

(1.5)

(5.1)

74.4

91.4

(4.8)

(4.2)

(1.4)

81.0

1,694.2

1,947.2

324.6

(9.4)

137.6

(33.8)

(31.7)

–

1.0

–

(223.2)

(74.7)

178.6

(17.2)

–

(6.4)

(134.7)

(27.0)

–

(2.9)

(230.8)

(12.6)

1,784.6

1,694.2

14. Property, plant and equipment (continued)

RECONCILIATIONS

Land and buildings

Balance at the beginning of the year

Additions

Disposals

Acquisitions of entities or operations

Transferred from plant and equipment

Impairment disclosed as significant items

Transferred to assets held for sale

Transfer (to)/from other assets or liabilities

Depreciation expense

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of the year

Timber licences and mineral reserves

Balance at the beginning of the year

Impairment disclosed as significant items

Amortisation expense

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of the year

Plant and equipment

Balance at the beginning of the year

Additions

Disposals

Acquisitions of entities or operations

Transferred to land and buildings

Impairment disclosed as significant items

Transferred to assets held for sale

Transfer (to)/from other assets or liabilities

Write-down of plant and equipment

Depreciation expense

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of the year

92

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

15. Intangible assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Less: Accumulated amortisation

Reconciliation of movements in goodwill

Balance at the beginning of the year

Acquisitions of entities or operations

Impairment disclosed as significant items

Transferred to assets held for sale

Other write-downs

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of the year

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

243.7

40.8

(28.6)

255.9

275.0

1.8

–

–

–

(33.1)

243.7

275.0

30.0

(27.4)

277.6

292.0

–

(4.3)

(3.0)

(1.6)

(8.1)

275.0

Impairment tests for goodwill
Goodwill and other intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation but are tested annually for 
impairment. Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s Cash Generating Units (CGUs) identified according to business type and country 
of operation.

Key assumptions
The recoverable amount of CGUs is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. Value in use calculations 
use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets and plans approved by management covering a five year period. 
Recognising that the Group operates in cyclical markets, cash flow projections covering periods of up to 10 years are used where this 
period more appropriately reflects a full business cycle. Cash flows beyond the projection period are extrapolated using growth rates of 
between 0.8% and 2.5%, which do not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the industry in which the CGU operates.

The Group’s weighted cost of capital is used as a starting point for determining the discount rate with appropriate adjustments for the 
risk profile relating to the relevant segments and the countries in which they operate. The discount rates applied to pre-tax cash flows 
range from 12% to 14%.

The key assumptions relate to:

–  housing starts and market share for the building products businesses in the USA and Australia;

–  concrete demand and economic activity in the construction materials businesses in the USA and Australia.

These assumptions have been determined with reference to current performance and taking into account external forecasts. 
Housing starts and concrete demand forecasts utilised in the cash flow projections are based on historical experiences in the 
relevant geographies.

The recoverable amount of CGUs exceeds their carrying values as at 30 June 2011. A reduction of 15% in the forecast concrete 
demand would reduce the recoverable amount of the US construction materials businesses to their carrying value. Management 
believes no other reasonable changes in the key assumptions on which the estimates are based would cause the aggregate  
carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount of these CGUs.

15. Intangible assets (continued)

Segment summary of goodwill

Boral Construction Materials

Cement Division

Boral Building Products

United States of America

Reconciliation of movements in other intangible assets

Balance at the beginning of the year

Additions

Acquisitions of entities or operations

Impairment disclosed as significant item

Amortisation expense

Transferred to assets held for sale

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of the year

 93

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

67.9

2.3

45.2

128.3

243.7

2.6

0.8

11.4

–

(1.9)

–

(0.7)

12.2

67.9

2.3

43.4

161.4

275.0

15.8

–

–

(3.3)

(4.8)

(5.3)

0.2

2.6

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets relate predominantly to brand names, technology and software development and are amortised at rates from 
5% to 20%. Amortisation expense is included in ‘depreciation and amortisation’ as disclosed in note 3.

16. Other assets

Current

Deferred expenses

Less: Accumulated amortisation

Deposits and prepayments

Non-current

Deferred expenses

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

145.0

(106.4)

38.6

47.0

85.6

50.5

50.5

129.7

(91.0)

38.7

24.6

63.3

66.0

66.0

Amortisation rates
Deferred expenses are generally amortised at rates between 20% and 60%, although some minor amounts of deferred expenses, 
including development of quarry infrastructure, are amortised at rates between 5% and 10%.

94

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

17. Payables

Current

Trade creditors

Due to associated entities

Non-current

Deferred income

18. Loans and borrowings

Current

Bank loans – unsecured

Other loans – unsecured

Finance lease liabilities

Non-current

Bank loans – unsecured

Other loans – unsecured

For more information about the Group’s financing arrangements, refer to note 28.

19. Other financial liabilities

Non-current

Derivative financial liabilities

Future purchase liability – Cultured Stone

20. Current tax liabilities

Current tax liability

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

697.8

5.0

702.8

12.5

12.5

16.4

146.8

0.2

163.4

49.2

854.0

903.2

55.8

63.9

119.7

634.1

6.8

640.9

14.1

14.1

8.4

0.4

0.1

8.9

58.5

1,272.2

1,330.7

8.0

–

8.0

123.8

98.9

 95

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

88.2

(161.1)

(72.9)

43.3

(118.9)

(75.6)

47.9

34.2

21. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Recognised deferred tax balances

Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax liability

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets not recognised:

The potential deferred tax asset has not been taken into account  
in respect of tax losses where recovery is not probable*

*  The potential benefit of the deferred tax asset will only be obtained if:

(i) 

 the relevant entities derive future assessable income of a nature and an amount sufficient to enable the benefit to be realised, 
or the benefit can be utilised by another company in the Group in accordance with tax law in the jurisdiction in which the 
company operates;

(ii) 

 the relevant Group entities continue to comply with the conditions for deductibility imposed by the law;

(iii) 

 no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the relevant entities in realising the asset.

The gross amount of capital and revenue tax losses carried forward that have not been recognised and the range of expiry dates for 
recovery by tax jurisdiction are as follows:

Tax jurisdiction

Australia*

Germany

Singapore

Thailand

United Kingdom*

United States of America*

* Unbooked capital losses.

Expiry date

No restriction

No restriction

No restriction

30 Jun 2012 – 30 Jun 2016

No restriction

30 Jun 2016

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

53.9

50.0

1.8

18.0

34.9

6.0

–

53.4

2.0

21.4

41.0

–

 
 
 
96

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

21. Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)

Movement in temporary differences during the year

As at 30 June 2011

Receivables

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Payables

Loans and borrowings

Provisions

Other

Unrealised foreign exchange

Tax losses carried forward

As at 30 June 2010

Receivables

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Payables

Loans and borrowings

Provisions

Other

Unrealised foreign exchange

Tax losses carried forward

CONSOLIDATED

Balance at  
the beginning  
of the year
$ millions

Recognised  
in income
$ millions

Recognised  

in equity
$ millions

Other 
movements
$ millions

Balance at  
the end  

of the year
$ millions

7.1

(32.3)

(162.3)

(21.4)

8.0

1.0

117.3

(17.2)

(74.8)

99.0

(75.6)

(1.0)

(0.3)

(1.9)

(5.1)

(2.4)

(0.5)

(2.8)

(3.4)

(3.7)

61.7

40.6

–

–

–

–

–

(0.3)

–

2.7

(28.5)

–

(26.1)

(0.3)

–

19.3

4.7

(0.2)

–

(6.4)

(4.4)

(0.1)

(24.4)

(11.8)

5.8

(32.6)

(144.9)

(21.8)

5.4

0.2

108.1

(22.3)

(107.1)

136.3

(72.9)

CONSOLIDATED

Balance at  
the beginning  
of the year
$ millions

Recognised  
in income
$ millions

Recognised  
in equity
$ millions

Other 
movements
$ millions

Balance at  
the end  

of the year
$ millions

5.7

(35.4)

(193.3)

(17.5)

6.3

3.8

100.4

(27.9)

(56.5)

43.8

(170.6)

1.5

3.1

26.4

(5.5)

1.8

0.4

18.7

10.7

5.2

55.4

117.7

–

–

–

–

–

(3.2)

–

0.6

(23.2)

–

(25.8)

(0.1)

–

4.6

1.6

(0.1)

–

(1.8)

(0.6)

(0.3)

(0.2)

3.1

7.1

(32.3)

(162.3)

(21.4)

8.0

1.0

117.3

(17.2)

(74.8)

99.0

(75.6)

 97

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

153.4

176.1

9.0

7.9

33.2

15.1

14.1

5.0

34.9

15.9

218.6

246.0

20.4

10.9

33.6

41.6

26.3

5.1

30.9

44.7

106.5

107.0

22. Provisions

Current

Employee benefits

Rationalisation and restructuring

Claims

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

Other

Non-current

Employee benefits

Claims

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation

Other

Rationalisation and restructuring
Provisions for rationalisation and restructuring are recognised when a detailed plan has been approved 
and the restructuring has either commenced or been publicly announced, or firm contracts related to 
the restructuring have been entered into. Costs related to ongoing activities are not provided for.

Claims
Provisions are raised for liabilities arising from the ordinary course of business, in relation to claims 
against the Group, including insurance, legal and other claims. Where recoveries are expected in 
respect of such claims, these are included in other receivables.

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation
Provisions are made for the fair value of the liability for restoration and rehabilitation of areas from 
which natural resources are extracted. The basis for accounting is set out in note 1. Provisions are also 
made for the expected cost of environmental rehabilitation of sites identified as being contaminated as 
a result of prior activities. The liability is recognised when the environmental exposure is identified and 
the estimated clean-up costs can be reliably assessed.

Other
Other includes provision for onerous contracts and the Group’s share of an associate’s equity 
accounted losses. The provision relating to onerous contracts reflects the expected future losses on 
contractual obligations in the fly ash operations in the USA.

Reconciliations
Rationalisation and restructuring – current

Balance at the beginning of the year

Provisions made during the year

Payments made during the year

Balance at the end of the year

14.1

5.4

(10.5)

9.0

0.5

13.8

(0.2)

14.1

98

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

22. Provisions (continued)

Reconciliations (continued)
Claims – current
Balance at the beginning of the year
Provisions made during the year
Remeasurement of provision
Transfer to liabilities held for sale
Increase through acquisition of entity
Payments made during the year
Net foreign currency exchange differences
Balance at the end of the year

Claims – non-current
Balance at the beginning of the year
Provisions made during the year
Increase through acquisition of entity
Net foreign currency exchange differences
Balance at the end of the year

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation – current
Balance at the beginning of the year
Provisions made during the year
Payments made during the year
Net foreign currency exchange differences
Balance at the end of the year

Restoration and environmental rehabilitation – non-current
Balance at the beginning of the year
Provisions made during the year
Unwind of discount
Balance at the end of the year

Other – current
Balance at the beginning of the year
Provisions made during the year
Transfer to liabilities held for sale
Payments made during the year
Transfer from non-current provisions
Net foreign currency exchange differences
Balance at the end of the year

Other – non-current
Balance at the beginning of the year
Provisions made during the year
Unwind of discount
Payments made during the year
Transfer to current provisions
Transferred (to)/from investments accounted for using the equity method
Net foreign currency exchange differences
Balance at the end of the year

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

5.0
5.2
0.2
–
0.5
(2.6)
(0.4)
7.9

5.1
4.6
1.5
(0.3)
10.9

34.9
7.8
(8.7)
(0.8)
33.2

30.9
1.2
1.5
33.6

15.9
3.3
–
(10.1)
8.9
(2.9)
15.1

44.7
11.0
1.5
(0.2)
(8.9)
(2.6)
(3.9)
41.6

6.1
1.1
–
(0.2)
–
(1.9)
(0.1)
5.0

4.3
0.8
–
–
5.1

13.1
22.9
(0.9)
(0.2)
34.9

27.6
2.0
1.3
30.9

16.7
–
(0.5)
(7.5)
7.6
(0.4)
15.9

20.7
7.6
1.6
(0.5)
(7.6)
23.6
(0.7)
44.7

 99

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

23. Issued capital

Issued and paid up capital

729,925,990 (2010: 598,952,998) ordinary shares, fully paid

2,261.3

1,724.0

Movements in ordinary issued capital

Balance at the beginning of the year

10,899,457 (2010: 5,895,282) shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Nil (2010: 167,186) shares issued upon the exercise of executive options

172,916 (2010: Nil) shares issued on vesting of rights

119,900,619 (2010: Nil) shares issued under capital raising net of costs

Income tax benefit on capital raising

Balance at the end of the year

1,724.0

1,691.4

53.1

–

0.8

479.8

3.6

31.9

0.7

–

–

–

2,261.3

1,724.0

During the period, the Group undertook a capital raising of $479.8 million net of transaction costs of 
$11.8 million. The capital raising consisted of a 1 for 5 accelerated renounceable entitlement offer at an 
offer price of $4.10 per share. The capital raising resulted in the issue of 68,332,173 ordinary shares 
under the Institutional Entitlement offer and 51,568,446 ordinary shares under the Retail Entitlement offer.

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled 
to one vote per share at shareholders’ meetings.

In the event of a winding up of Boral Limited, ordinary shareholders rank after creditors and are fully 
entitled to any proceeds of liquidation.

Movements in employee compensation shares

Balance at the beginning of the year

670,873 (2010: Nil) shares vested and transferred from share-based payments reserve

670,873 (2010: Nil) shares purchased on-market

Balance at the end of the year

–

3.4

(3.4)

–

–

–

–

–

The employee equity compensation account represents the balance of Boral shares held by the Group which as at the end of the year 
have not vested to Group employees and therefore are controlled by the Group. These shares relate to the Boral Senior Executive 
Performance Share Plan.

24. Reserves

Foreign currency translation reserve

Hedging reserve – cash flow hedges

Other reserve*

Share-based payments reserve

* Relates to future consideration on the Cultured Stone acquisition.

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

(131.6)

(0.4)

(66.3)

38.8

(159.5)

(75.0)

(1.1)

–

37.2

(38.9)

100

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

24. Reserves (continued)

Reconciliations

Foreign currency translation reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Net loss on translation of assets and liabilities of overseas entities

Net gain on translation of long-term borrowings and foreign currency forward contracts net of tax 
expense $28.5 million (2010: $23.2 million)

Balance at the end of the year

Hedging reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Transferred to the income statement

Transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged item

Gains/(losses) taken directly to equity

Tax expense

Balance at the end of the year

Other reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Future consideration – Cultured Stone acquisition

Balance at the end of the year

Share-based payments reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Option/rights expense

Purchase of employee compensation shares

Transfer to share capital on vesting of rights

Balance at the end of the year

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

(75.0)

(123.0)

66.4

(131.6)

(1.1)

0.2

2.8

(2.0)

(0.3)

(0.4)

–

(66.3)

(66.3)

37.2

5.8

(3.4)

(0.8)

38.8

(62.9)

(66.3)

54.2

(75.0)

(8.6)

6.5

3.4

0.8

(3.2)

(1.1)

–

–

–

28.3

8.9

–

–

37.2

Nature and purpose of reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign 
operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the Group, together with foreign exchange 
differences from the translation of liabilities that hedge the Group’s net investment in a foreign subsidiary.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Other reserve
The other reserve relates to future consideration on the Cultured Stone acquisition.

Share-based payments reserve
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the fair value of options and rights issued.

 101

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

3.9

1.6

5.5

8.4

1.6

10.0

25. Contingent liabilities

Details of contingent liabilities and contingent assets where the probability of  
future payments/receipts is not considered remote are set out below.

Unsecured contingent liabilities:

Bank guarantees

Other items

The Company has given to its bankers letters of responsibility in respect of accommodation provided from time to time by the banks to 
controlled entities.

A number of sites within the Group and its associates have been identified as contaminated, generally as a result of prior activities 
conducted at the sites, and review and appropriate implementation of clean-up requirements for these is ongoing. For sites where the 
requirements can be assessed, estimated clean-up costs have been expensed or provided for. For some sites, the requirements cannot 
be reliably assessed at this stage.

Certain entities within the Group are subject to various lawsuits and claims in the ordinary course of business.

Consistent with other companies of the size and diversity of Boral, the Group is the subject of periodic information requests, 
investigations and audit activity by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) and taxation authorities in other jurisdictions in which 
Boral operates.

The Group has considered all of the above claims and, where appropriate, sought independent advice and believes it holds 
appropriate provisions.

Deed of Cross Guarantee
Under the terms of ASIC Class Order 98/1418, certain wholly owned controlled entities have been granted relief from the requirement to 
prepare audited financial reports. Boral Limited has entered into an approved deed of indemnity for the cross-guarantee of liabilities with 
those controlled entities identified in note 33.

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income and consolidated balance sheet, comprising Boral Limited and controlled entities 
which are a party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee, after eliminating all transactions between parties to the Deed, at 30 June 2011 are 
set out in note 37.

102

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

26. Commitments

Capital expenditure commitments

Contracted but not provided for are payable as follows:

Not later than one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

The capital expenditure commitments are in respect of the purchase of plant and equipment.

Finance leases

Lease commitments in respect of finance leases are payable as follows:

Not later than one year

Operating leases

Lease commitments in respect of operating leases are payable as follows:

Not later than one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

32.6

–

32.6

12.2

0.1

12.3

0.2

0.2

0.1

0.1

83.2

168.2

30.5

281.9

90.4

173.8

55.8

320.0

The Group leases property, equipment and vehicles under operating leases expiring from one to 15 years. Leases generally provide the 
consolidated entity with a right of renewal at which time all terms are renegotiated. Some leases involve lease payments comprising a 
base amount plus an incremental contingent rental. Contingent rentals are based on the Consumer Price Index or operating criteria.

 103

27. Employee benefits

BORAL SENIOR EXECUTIVE OPTION PLAN
The Boral senior executive option plan provides for executives to receive options over ordinary shares.

Each option entitles the holder to subscribe for one fully paid ordinary share in the capital of the Company.

Certain further details of the options granted are given in the Directors’ Report.

The options are only exercisable to the extent to which the exercise hurdle is satisfied. Different exercise hurdles apply to the various 
tranches of options and satisfaction of these hurdles is dependent on increases in the Boral share price and dividends which affect the 
Boral Total Shareholder Return (TSR). The performance of the TSR of Boral Limited is compared to the TSR of a reference group of 
companies from time to time comprising the ASX Top 100 to determine how many options are exercisable.

Set out below are summaries of options granted under the plan.

Tranche

Grant date

Expiry date

Consolidated – 2011

(xiii)

(xiv)

(xv)

(xvi)

(xvii)

29/10/2003 29/10/2010

29/10/2004 29/10/2011

31/10/2005 31/10/2012

6/11/2006

6/11/2013

6/11/2007

6/11/2014

Consolidated – 2010

(xii)

(xiii)

(xiv)

(xv)

(xvi)

(xvii)

4/11/2002

4/11/2009

29/10/2003 29/10/2010

29/10/2004 29/10/2011

31/10/2005 31/10/2012

6/11/2006

6/11/2013

6/11/2007

6/11/2014

Exercise 
price*

Balance at 
beginning  
of the year

Issued  
during the 
year

Cancelled 
during  

the year

Exercised 
during  

the year

Balance  
at end of  
the year

Vested and 
exercisable

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

$5.52

$6.55

$7.65

$7.27

$6.78

$4.12

$5.57

$6.60

$7.70

$7.32

$6.83

2,269,010

1,742,200

2,905,600

4,229,100

5,538,100

16,684,010

143,000

2,443,280

1,894,300

3,114,000

4,486,000

5,854,400

17,934,980

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2,269,010)

(205,500)

(352,900)

(405,200)

(548,300)

(3,780,910)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,536,700

2,552,700

–

–

–

3,823,900

1,911,950

4,989,800

4,291,228

12,903,100

6,203,178

     –

(143,000)

–

–

(150,084)

(152,100)

(208,400)

(256,900)

(316,300)

(24,186)

2,269,010

651,296

–

–

–

–

1,742,200

2,905,600

4,229,100

5,538,100

–

–

–

–

(1,083,784)

(167,186) 16,684,010

651,296

*  The exercise price of options issued in respect of tranches (xiii) to (xvii) have been amended in accordance with the terms of the Boral senior executive option plan to allow 

for the impact of the capital raising undertaken during the year, which resulted in a five cent reduction in the exercise price.

Details of options exercised during the financial year and number of shares issued to employees on the exercise of options were 
as follows:

Tranche

Consolidated – 2011

None

Consolidated – 2010

(xii)

(xiii)

Proceeds 
$’000

Number  
of shares 
Issued

Fair value  
per share

Fair value 
aggregate  

$’000

589

135

724

143,000

24,186

167,186

$5.75

$5.92

822

143

965

104

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

27. Employee benefits (continued)

SHARE ACQUISITION RIGHTS
Share acquisition rights (SARs) were introduced in October 2004 to provide an alternative Long Term Incentive (LTI) to options. SARs 
are granted to executives following similar principles to those of the Option Plan. SARs can be granted in lieu of options, with the 
number granted calculated in the same way, ie based on a percentage of fixed remuneration and the fair market value of a SAR.

During the current year, SARs were issued under the Boral Long Term Incentive Plan. The SARs issued during the year were each 
valued at $2.88 using a Monte Carlo simulation option-pricing formula. The value of SARs awarded has been independently determined 
at grant date after considering the likelihood of meeting performance hurdles.

The following represents the inputs to the pricing model used in estimating fair value:

Grant date share price

Risk-free rate

Dividend yield

Volatility factor

Set out below are summaries of share acquisition rights granted under the plans.

2011

2010

$4.30

5.26%

3.67%

30%

$5.35

5.48%

4.00%

40%

Tranche

Grant date

Expiry date

Consolidated – 2011

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

29/10/2004 29/10/2011

31/10/2005 31/10/2012

6/11/2006

6/11/2013

6/11/2007

6/11/2014

3/11/2008

3/11/2015

5/11/2009

5/11/2016

(vii)

12/11/2010 12/11/2017

Consolidated – 2010

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

29/10/2004 29/10/2011

31/10/2005 31/10/2012

6/11/2006

6/11/2013

6/11/2007

6/11/2014

3/11/2008

3/11/2015

5/11/2009

5/11/2016

Exercise  

price

Balance at 
beginning  
of the year

Issued  
during the 
year

Cancelled 
during  

the year

Exercised 
during  

the year

Balance  
at end of  
the year

Vested and 
exercisable

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

$0.00

493,201

763,765

586,277

739,734

2,058,591

2,679,078

–

–

–

–

–

–

(55,080)

(92,726)

–

–

(87,725)

(260,776)

(73,127)

(583,013)

(472,311)

(503,022)

–

–

–

438,121

671,039

237,776

83,594

1,586,280

2,176,056

2,994,226

–

2,994,226

–

7,320,646

2,994,226

(1,283,991)

(843,789)

8,187,092

533,982

818,538

656,479

821,993

2,090,899

–

–

–

–

–

(40,781)

(54,773)

(70,202)

(82,259)

(32,308)

–

2,679,078

–

4,921,891

2,679,078

(280,323)

–

–

–

–

–

–

493,201

763,765

586,277

739,734

2,058,591

2,679,078

7,320,646

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Executives who held rights were unable to participate in the capital raising. So as to take account of the impact of the capital raising on 
those rights, the Company made a payment of five cents per right to the holder of rights which vested during the year. The intention of 
the payment was to ‘keep whole’ the executives in respect of rights which vested.

During the year ended 30 June 2011, the consolidated entity recognised an expense of $5.8 million (2010: $8.9 million) in relation to 
share-based payments.

 105

27. Employee benefits (continued)

SUPERANNUATION
At 30 June 2011, there were in existence a number of superannuation plans in Australia and overseas established by the Group, or in 
which the Group participates, for the benefit of employees.

The Boral Industries Inc. Pension Plan is a defined benefit plan. Boral Super is a sub-plan of the Plum Superannuation Fund; it has a 
defined benefit plan and an accumulation plan.

The principal types of benefit provided for under the Plans are lump sums payable on retirement, termination, death or total disability. 
Contributions to the Plans by both employees and entities in the Group are based on percentages of the salaries or wages of 
employees. Entities in the Group contribute to the Plans in accordance with the governing Trust Deeds subject to certain rights to vary, 
suspend or terminate such contributions and thus are not legally obliged to contribute to those Plans. In the case of the two defined 
benefit plans, employer contributions are based on the advice of the plans’ actuaries.

The Group makes contributions to defined contribution plans. The amount recognised as an expense for the year ended 30 June 2011 
was $46.5 million (2010: $46.7 million).

The following sets out details in respect of the defined benefit plan only.

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows:

Net liability for defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

Expense recognised in the income statement

Actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in retained earnings

Employer contributions

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Net liability for defined benefit obligation at the end of the year

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

(13.4)

(2.6)

2.8

5.5

0.4

(7.3)

(16.5)

(3.5)

(1.6)

8.1

0.1

(13.4)

The accrued benefits, fund assets and vested benefits have been determined based on amounts calculated by the actuary projected 
forward to 30 June 2011.

Contributions to the Boral Super sub-plan and the Boral Industries Inc. plan have been based on actuarial advice. Taking into account 
these contribution levels, and based on the actuarial assessments and the market values of assets after meeting liabilities, funds are 
expected to be available to satisfy all benefits that become vested under each of the major plans in the event of:

(i)  

termination of the plan;

(ii)   voluntary termination of the employment of each employee on the initiative of that employee; or

(iii)  compulsory termination of the employment of each employee by an entity in the Group.

106

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

27. Employee benefits (continued)

SUPERANNUATION (continued)

Reconciliation of the net asset recognised in the balance sheet

Defined benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Net liability

Movements in the present value of the defined benefit obligation

Balance at the beginning of the year

Current service cost

Interest cost

Contributions by plan participants

Actuarial (gains)/losses

Benefits paid

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of the year

Movements in the fair value of plan assets

Balance at the beginning of the year

Expected return on plan assets

Actuarial gains/(losses)

Employer contributions

Contributions by plan participants

Benefits paid

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of the year

Expense recognised in the income statement

Current service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Defined benefit superannuation expense

Cumulative amounts recognised in equity before tax

Balance at beginning of the year

Actuarial gains/(losses)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Cumulative actuarial losses

Actual return on plan assets

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

(73.0)

65.7

(7.3)

82.5

3.9

3.0

0.3

(0.7)

(13.2)

(2.8)

73.0

69.1

4.3

2.1

5.5

0.3

(13.2)

(2.4)

65.7

3.9

3.0

(4.3)

2.6

(26.4)

2.8

1.5

(22.1)

6.4

(82.5)

69.1

(13.4)

83.8

4.8

3.4

0.3

6.0

(15.1)

(0.7)

82.5

67.3

4.7

4.4

8.1

0.3

(15.1)

(0.6)

69.1

4.8

3.4

(4.7)

3.5

(25.1)

(1.6)

0.3

(26.4)

9.1

 107

27. Employee benefits (continued)

SUPERANNUATION (continued)
Plan assets
The percentage invested in each class of the plan assets was:

Equity securities

Debt securities

Property securities

Other securities

            BORAL SUPER  
            SUB-PLAN

            BORAL INDUSTRIES  
            INC. PLAN

2011

2010

2011

2010

66.7%

29.1%

4.2%

–

66.1%

29.5%

4.4%

–

62.4%

37.6%

–

–

50.7%

49.2%

–

0.1%

There are no amounts included in the fair value of plan assets relating to Boral Limited’s own financial instruments, or any property 
occupied by, or other assets used by the Group.

Total employer contributions expected to be paid by the Group for the year ending 30 June 2012 are $3.8 million.

Principal actuarial assumptions at the balance sheet date

Discount rate

Expected rate of return on plan assets

Expected salary increase rate

            BORAL SUPER  
            SUB-PLAN

            BORAL INDUSTRIES  
            INC. PLAN

2011

2010

2011

2010

4.3%

4.5%

4.0%

4.3%

6.6%

4.0%

5.3%

7.5%

3.0%

5.5%

7.5%

3.0%

The expected return on assets assumption is determined by weighting the expected long-term return for each asset class by the target 
allocation of assets to each asset class. The returns used for each class are net of investment tax and investment fees. The above 
calculations are performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method.

Historical information

Present value of defined benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Net asset/(liability)

Experience adjustments on plan assets – gain/(loss)

Experience adjustments on plan liabilities – gain/(loss)

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

2009
$ millions

2008
$ millions

2007
$ millions

(73.0)

65.7

(7.3)

2.1

0.7

(82.5)

69.1

(13.4)

4.4

(6.0)

(83.8)

67.3

(16.5)

(20.4)

(2.2)

(79.1)

(79.2)

81.3

2.2

(12.0)

(0.4)

91.2

12.0

6.3

(1.1)

108

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

28. Loans and borrowings

TERM AND DEBT REPAYMENT SCHEDULE
Terms and conditions of outstanding loans were as follows:

                                                                                            CONSOLIDATED

30 June 2011

30 June 2010

Currency

Effective 
interest rate 
2011

Year  
of  

maturity

Carrying 
amount
$ millions

Fair value
$ millions

Carrying 
amount
$ millions

Fair value
$ millions

USD

USD

THB

AUD

AUD

USD

THB

AUD

6.91%

0.31%

4.47%

–

9.31%

2012

2011

2012

2012

2012

6.36% 2014-2020

4.91%

–

2012

2014

146.4

149.5

9.3

7.1

0.4

0.2

9.3

7.1

0.4

0.2

163.4

166.5

–

–

8.4

0.4

0.1

8.9

–

–

8.4

0.4

0.1

8.9

853.3

49.2

0.7

903.2

1,066.6

916.2

49.3

0.7

966.2

1,132.7

1,271.2

1,349.0

58.5

1.0

1,330.7

1,339.6

58.5

1.0

1,408.5

1,417.4

Current

US senior notes – unsecured

Bank loans – unsecured

Bank loans – unsecured

Other loans – unsecured 1

Finance lease liabilities

Non-current

US senior notes – unsecured

Bank loans – unsecured

Other loans – unsecured 1

Total

1  Vendor loan covering the purchase of plant and equipment where instalment repayments by the Boral Group do not include an interest component.

US SENIOR NOTES – UNSECURED

Borrower

Boral USA

Boral USA

Boral USA

Boral USA

Boral USA

Boral USA

Boral Limited

Boral Limited

Total

Notional 
amount
US$ millions

152.5

52.0

200.0

53.5

30.0

76.2

200.0

276.0

1,040.2

Issue date

Interest rate

Maturity date

05/2002

05/2002

05/2005

05/2002

04/2008

04/2008

05/2005

04/2008

6.91%

7.01%

5.42%

7.11%

7.12%

7.22%

5.52%

7.12%

05/2012

05/2014

05/2015

05/2017

04/2018

04/2020

05/2017

04/2018

AUD  

equivalent
$ millions

146.4

48.5

186.4

49.9

28.0

71.0

208.8

260.7

999.7

BANK FACILITIES
Syndicated term credit facility
A committed US$195 million and A$500 million (aggregate equivalent A$682 million) syndicated term credit facility is primarily to provide 
liquidity for general corporate purposes. The maturity date for this facility is 13 February 2015 where the interest rate depending on the 
currency of denomination is referenced to BBSW or LIBOR.

Bi-lateral loan facilities
Committed THB1,600 million (equivalent A$49.2 million) credit facility is available to Boral Concrete (Thailand) Limited/Boral Quarry 
Products (Thailand) Limited respectively. The primary purpose of the THB facility is to provide Boral’s Thailand operations with funding 
for general corporate purposes. The maturity date for this facility is 30 August 2012.

 109

28. Loans and borrowings (continued)

Bank overdraft, lease liabilities and other
The Group operates unsecured bank overdraft facility arrangements in Australia and Asia that have combined limits of A$23.9 million. 
The facilities within Australia are conducted on a set-off basis and all facilities are subject to variable rates of interest determined by the 
lending bank’s benchmark interest rate. All facilities are subject to annual review where repayment can occur on demand by the lending 
bank. Finance leases within Australia are subject to lease terms of various maturities.

For each of the above named facilities, the Group has complied with the respective borrowing covenants throughout the year ended 
30 June 2011.

29. Financial instruments

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s business activities are exposed to a variety of financial risks, including those related to credit, liquidity, foreign currency, 
interest rate and commodity price risks. Derivative instruments are utilised to manage the identified financial risks. The Group does not 
use derivative or financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Boral’s Treasury provides technical assistance to the operating divisions, coordinates access to financial markets and manages 
financial risks relating to Boral’s operating divisions. The use of financial derivatives is controlled by policies approved by Boral’s Board 
of Directors. The policies provide specific direction in relation to financial risk management, including foreign currency, interest rate, 
commodity price, credit and liquidity risk.

FAIR VALUE
Certain estimates and judgements are required to calculate the fair values. The fair value amounts shown below are not necessarily 
indicative of the amounts that the Group would realise upon disposal nor do they indicate the Group’s intent or ability to dispose the 
financial instrument.

The following describes the methodology adopted to derive fair values:

Cash flow and fair value hedges

Commodity swaps and options: the fair value is derived using conventional market formulae based on the closing market price 
applicable to the respective commodity.

Forward exchange contracts and foreign currency swaps: the fair value is derived using conventional market formulae based on the 
closing market price applicable to the respective currency.

Interest rate swaps: the present value of expected cash flows has been used to determine fair value using yield curves derived from 
market sources that accurately reflect their term to maturity.

Cash, deposits, loans and receivables, payables and short-term borrowings
The carrying value of these financial instruments approximate fair value given their short-term duration.

Long-term borrowings
The present value of expected cash flows has been adopted to determine fair value using interest rates derived from market sources 
that accurately reflect their term to maturity.

CREDIT RISK
Exposure to credit risk
Management has a credit policy in place and the exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis. Credit evaluations are 
performed on significant customers structured on delegated limits of authority.

Credit risk relating to derivative contracts is minimised through using internationally recognised financial counterparties; the exposure 
limit is determined with reference to the credit rating assigned by the international credit rating agencies for each respective 
counterparty. The policy of the Group generally requires that financial transactions are only entered into with institutions having been 
assigned a long-term credit rating from the credit rating agencies that is at a minimum A-/A3.

110

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

29. Financial instruments (continued)

CREDIT RISK (continued)
The carrying amount of non-derivative financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure and at the reporting date the maximum 
exposure was:

Loans to and receivables from associates

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

CONSOLIDATED

Carrying 
amount
2011
$ millions

28.2

766.2

561.2

Fair value
2011
$ millions

28.2

766.2

561.2

1,355.6

1,355.6

Carrying 
amount
2010
$ millions

86.8

716.1

157.0

959.9

Fair value
2010
$ millions

86.8

716.1

157.0

959.9

The following table indicates maximum credit exposure, the periods in which the cash flows associated with derivative financial assets 
are expected to occur and the impact on profit or loss:

30 June 2011

Derivative financial assets

Commodity swaps/options 
designated as cash flow hedges

Interest rate swaps designated  
as fair value hedges

30 June 2010

Derivative financial assets

Foreign exchange contracts 
designated as cash flow hedges

Interest rate swaps designated as 
fair value hedges

Cross currency swaps designated 
as fair value hedges

Carrying 
amount
$ millions

Fair value
$ millions

Contractual 
cash flows
$ millions

6 months  
or less
$ millions

6-12 months
$ millions

1-2 years
$ millions

2-5 years
$ millions

More than  
5 years
$ millions

CONSOLIDATED

3.2

4.3

7.5

3.2

4.3

7.5

3.2

4.5

7.7

2.4

2.1

4.5

0.8

2.4

3.2

CONSOLIDATED

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Carrying  
amount
$ millions

Fair value
$ millions

Contractual  
cash flows
$ millions

6 months  
or less
$ millions

6-12 months
$ millions

1-2 years
$ millions

2-5 years
$ millions

More than  
5 years
$ millions

1.0

1.0

1.0

10.6

10.6

11.4

15.2

26.8

15.2

26.8

20.0

32.4

0.6

2.4

(0.3)

2.7

0.4

2.7

(0.1)

3.0

–

6.3

(0.1)

6.2

–

–

–

–

(1.0)

(1.0)

21.5

21.5

 111

29. Financial instruments (continued)

LIQUIDITY RISK
Policies have been implemented by the Group for the purpose of reducing exposure to liquidity risk. The result of this policy is that a 
significant proportion of external borrowings have maturities that are greater than five years. The Group maintains committed bank 
lines of credit that provide committed standby support for the issuance of AUD and USD denominated commercial paper (unutilised at 
30 June 2011) and liquidity support for general corporate purposes. The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, 
including estimated interest payments but excluding the impact of netting agreements:

30 June 2011

Non-derivative financial liabilities
US senior notes – unsecured
Bank loans – unsecured
Other loans – unsecured
Finance lease liabilities
Future purchase liability –  
Cultured Stone
Trade and other payables

Derivative financial liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts 
designated as cash flow hedges
Commodity swaps designated as 
cash flow hedges
Cross currency swaps designated  
as cash flow hedges
Cross currency swaps designated  
as fair value hedges
Interest rate swaps not designated 
as hedges for accounting purposes

30 June 2010

Non-derivative financial liabilities
US senior notes – unsecured
Bank loans – unsecured
Other loans – unsecured
Finance lease liabilities
Trade and other payables

Derivative financial liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts 
designated as cash flow hedges
Commodity swaps designated  
as cash flow hedges
Cross currency swaps designated  
as cash flow hedges
Interest rate swaps not designated 
as hedges for accounting purposes

Carrying 
amount
$ millions

Contractual 
cash flows
$ millions

6 months  
or less
$ millions

6-12 months
$ millions

1-2 years
$ millions

2-5 years
$ millions

CONSOLIDATED

More than  
5 years
$ millions

(667.4)
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

More than  
5 years
$ millions

(888.4)
–
–
–
–

999.7
65.6
1.1
0.2

63.9
702.8

3.6

0.1

3.9

(1,301.3)
(67.6)
(1.1)
(0.2)

(31.3)
(10.7)
(0.2)
(0.1)

(69.5)
(702.8)

–
(702.8)

(3.6)

(0.1)

(4.4)

(3.0)

(0.2)

(0.3)

(1.3)

48.0

(64.8)

(376.4)
–
(0.3)
–

(69.5)
–

–

–

(173.5)
(8.2)
(0.2)
(0.1)

–
–

(0.5)

–

(0.4)

(1.5)

(52.7)
(48.7)
(0.4)
–

–
–

(0.1)

0.1

(0.8)

(3.0)

(2.2)

(0.7)

(18.1)

(40.9)

0.2
1,889.1

(0.2)
(2,215.6)

(0.2)
(750.1)

–
(184.4)

–
(105.6)

–
(466.5)

–
(709.0)

Carrying  
amount
$ millions

Contractual  
cash flows
$ millions

6 months  
or less
$ millions

6-12 months
$ millions

1-2 years
$ millions

2-5 years
$ millions

CONSOLIDATED

1,271.2
66.9
1.4
0.1
640.9

(1,714.6)
(70.8)
(1.5)
(0.1)
(640.9)

0.6

2.9

2.7

(0.6)

(3.0)

(3.3)

(39.4)
(1.1)
(0.6)
(0.1)
(640.9)

(0.6)

(1.8)

(0.2)

(39.4)
(9.5)
(0.6)
–
–

–

(1.2)

(0.3)

(257.3)
(2.1)
(0.3)
–
–

(490.1)
(58.1)
–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.6)

(1.5)

(0.7)

1.8
1,988.5

(1.8)
(2,436.6)

(0.9)
(685.6)

(0.5)
(51.5)

(0.4)
(260.7)

–
(549.7)

–
(889.1)

112

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

29. Financial instruments (continued)

LIQUIDITY RISK (continued)

Capital risk management
The capital management objectives of the Group are directed towards ensuring that the Group continues as a financial going concern 
together with returns to shareholders by the adoption of an appropriate capital structure.

On an ongoing basis, the capital structure is reviewed to ensure that the capital components comprising equity and debt are balanced 
through payments of dividends, new share issuance, share buy-backs and issue of new debt or redemption of existing debt.

MARKET RISK

Currency risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk. This occurs as a result of firstly, purchases of materials, some plant and equipment 
and the sale of products denominated in foreign currencies; secondly, the translation of its investment in overseas assets; and thirdly, 
interest expense related to certain foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The Group adopts policies that ensure exposures to:

(a) 

 forecast purchases of materials and sale of products denominated in foreign currencies having an aggregate half yearly value in 
excess of equivalent A$0.5 million are at a minimum 50% hedged;

(b)   forecast purchases of plant and equipment denominated in foreign currencies having a value in excess of equivalent A$0.5 million 

are 100% hedged; and

(c) 

 net investments, including net intercompany loans, in overseas domiciled investments are hedged, regulatory conditions and 
available hedge instruments permitting.

The Group uses forward foreign exchange and currency option contracts to hedge foreign exchange risk. Most of the forward exchange 
and option contracts have maturities of less than one year. Where necessary and in accordance with policy compliance, forward 
exchange contracts can be rolled over at maturity.

Foreign currency exposure
The Group primarily uses external foreign currency denominated borrowings, cross currency swaps and forward exchange contracts to 
hedge the Group’s net investment in overseas domiciled assets. The related exchange gains/losses on foreign currency movements are 
taken primarily to the Foreign Currency Translation Reserve.

The Group’s foreign currency exposure for overseas assets at balance date was as follows, based on notional amounts:

Currency

30 June 2011

Balance sheet

Net investment in overseas domiciled  
Boral subsidiaries

Forward exchange contracts

Foreign currency borrowings

Cross currency swaps

            CONSOLIDATED

USD

Euro

GBP

NZD

THB

IDR

            Equivalent to A$ millions

162.4

76.4

(466.1)

232.1

4.8

2.1

–

–

–

2.1

(1.6)

2.8

(23.3)

58.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.6)

2.8

(23.3)

58.1

 113

29. Financial instruments (continued)

MARKET RISK (continued)

Currency

30 June 2010

Balance sheet

Net investment in overseas domiciled Boral 
subsidiaries

Forward exchange contracts

Foreign currency borrowings

Cross currency swaps

            CONSOLIDATED

USD

Euro

GBP

NZD

THB

IDR

            Equivalent to A$ millions

127.0

171.4

(596.2)

302.1

4.3

2.4

–

–

–

2.4

(1.8)

3.7

(25.4)

59.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.8)

3.7

(25.4)

59.8

The forward exchange contracts taken out to hedge foreign exchange risk of foreign currency dominated interest payments, purchase 
and sales contracts at balance date were as follows, based on notional amounts:

US dollars

Buy US dollars/sell Australian dollars

One year or less

One year to two years

Sell US dollars/buy Australian dollars

One year or less

Euros

Buy Euros/sell Australian dollars

One year or less

Buy Euros/sell US dollars

One year or less

            Notional amounts AUD

            Average exchange rate

2011

2010

2011

2010

$ millions

$ millions

56.5

1.5

–

7.2

0.9

34.3

0.5

0.8

1.0003

0.9469

0.8638

0.8340

–

0.7914

3.5

0.6802

0.5680

–

–

–

The forward exchange contracts are considered to be highly effective hedges as they are matched against underlying interest 
payments, purchases and sales. Any gains or losses on the forward contracts attributed to the hedged risk are taken directly to equity. 
When goods and services are delivered, the amount recognised in equity is adjusted to the interest expense, inventory, plant and 
equipment accounts. There was no significant cash flow hedge ineffectiveness in the current or prior year.

As at balance date, the Group’s foreign currency interest payables were hedged using forward exchange contracts. Other foreign 
currency payables and receivables were immaterial.

The Group’s foreign currency cash and deposits were A$13.4 million at 30 June 2011 (2010: A$0.7 million). The related exchange 
gains/losses on foreign currency movements are taken primarily to the income statement.

114

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

29. Financial instruments (continued)

MARKET RISK (continued)

Sensitivity
At 30 June 2011, had the Australian dollar weakened/strengthened by 10% against the respective foreign currencies where all other 
variables remain constant, the Group’s pre-tax change to earnings would have been a (loss)/gain respectively of around equivalent 
A$1.1 million (2010: equivalent A$0.4 million) and equity would have increased/decreased respectively by around equivalent 
A$11.4 million (2010: equivalent A$29.2 million).

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

USD

Euro

GBP

NZD

THB

IDR

            Average rate

            Reporting date spot rate

2011

2010

2011

2010

1.0002

0.7272

0.6276

1.3064

0.8822

0.6362

0.5567

1.2483

1.0728

0.7404

0.6667

1.2953

0.8535

0.6981

0.5670

1.2295

30.3567

29.0267

32.9900

27.6400

8,776

8,260

9,219

7,733

INTEREST RATE RISK
The Group adopts a policy that ensures between 30% and 70% of its borrowings are subject to interest rates based on fixed rates 
greater than 12 months in duration. Implementation of interest rate derivative instruments provides the Group with the flexibility to raise 
term borrowings at fixed or variable interest rates where subsequently these borrowings can be converted to either variable or fixed 
rates of interest. This achieves fixed interest rate borrowings consistent with the target range of between 30% and 70% of borrowings.

For the Group, interest rate swaps denominated in US dollars and cross currency swaps denominated in Australian and US dollars have 
been transacted to assist with achieving an appropriate mix of fixed and floating interest rate borrowings. The interest rate derivative 
instruments mature progressively over the next six years where the duration applicable to the interest rate and cross currency swaps is 
consistent with maturities applicable to the underlying borrowings.

29. Financial instruments (continued)

INTEREST RATE RISK (continued)
At the reporting date, the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest bearing financial instruments was:

Fixed rate instruments

US Senior notes – unsecured 1

Other loans – unsecured

Finance lease liabilities

Variable rate instruments

Bank loans – unsecured

1  US$100 million (equivalent A$97.5 million) fixed rate senior notes have been swapped to floating rate via an interest rate swap, and 
US$225 million (equivalent A$232.1 million) fixed rate senior notes have been swapped to floating rate via a cross currency swap.

Interest rate derivatives

Pay fixed interest rate derivatives

Pay fixed against US$ LIBOR

Pay variable interest rate derivatives

Pay floating against US$ LIBOR

Cross currency swap pay floating US$ LIBOR

 115

            CONSOLIDATED

2011

Carrying 
amount

2010

Carrying 
amount

$ millions

$ millions

999.7

1,271.2

1.1

0.2

1.4

0.1

1,001.0

1,272.7

65.6

66.9

1,066.6

1,339.6

0.2

1.8

(4.3)

51.9

47.6

(10.6)

(12.5)

(23.1)

Sensitivity
At 30 June 2011, if interest rates had changed by +/- 1% pa from the year end rates with all other variables held constant, the Group’s 
pre-tax profit for the year would have been A$0.4 million higher/lower (2010: A$0.7 million) and the change in equity would have been 
A$0.1 million (2010: A$0.8 million) mainly as a result of a higher interest cost applying to interest rate derivatives.

INTEREST RATES USED FOR DETERMINING FAIR VALUE
Where appropriate, the Group uses BBSW, LIBOR and Treasury Bond yield curves as of 30 June 2011 plus an adequate credit spread 
to discount financial instruments. The interest rates used are as follows:

Derivatives

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Finance leases

2011
% pa

2010
% pa

0.25–5.69

0.54–5.50

0.00–7.22

0.00–7.22

9.31

6.00

116

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

29. Financial instruments (continued)

COMMODITY PRICE RISK
The Group is exposed to commodity price risk that is associated with the purchase of petroleum, natural gas and aluminium purchases 
under variable price contract arrangements. The Group adopts a policy that seeks to hedge at least 50% of the price risk exposure 
covering the forthcoming six months purchases where the underlying commodity purchase exceeds an annualised amount of equivalent 
A$10 million.

The Group uses fixed price forward and option contracts to assist with hedging commodity price risk. All of the fixed price forward and 
option contracts have maturities of less than two years following the balance sheet date.

Commodities hedging activities
Notional value of commodity derivative instruments at year end is as follows:

Singapore gasoil 0.5%

Natural gas (NYMEX)

Aluminium – LME

Details of balance sheet carrying value/fair value of instruments hedging commodities price risk:

Assets

Commodity swaps/options designated as cash flow hedges

Liabilities

Commodity swaps designated as cash flow hedges

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

33.6

0.9

2.8

3.2

(0.1)

3.1

35.6

5.6

4.6

–

(2.9)

(2.9)

The commodity swaps/options are considered to be highly effective hedges as they are matched against forward commodity 
purchases. The ineffective portion of the hedges transferred to the income statement was A$0.1 million in 2011 (2010: Nil).

Sensitivity
At 30 June 2011, if the commodity price had changed by +/- 10% from the year end prices with all other variables held constant, the 
Group’s pre-tax earnings for the year would be unchanged (2010: unchanged) and the change in equity would have been A$3.9 million 
(2010: A$4.2 million).

 117

29. Financial instruments (continued)

THE FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined 
as follows:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (ie as prices) 
or indirectly (ie derived from prices).

Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

The Group’s financial instruments that are measured and recognised at fair value include:

–   financial assets, including derivatives used for hedging (commodity swaps, commodity options, interest rate swaps);

–   financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (interest rate swaps not designated as hedges for accounting purposes);

–   financial liabilities, including derivatives used for hedging (forward exchange contracts, commodity swaps, cross currency swaps).

The following table presents the Group’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value:

30 June 2011

Assets

Derivatives used for hedging

Total assets

Liabilities

Derivatives at fair value through profit or loss

Derivatives used for hedging

Total liabilities

30 June 2010

Assets

Derivatives used for hedging

Total assets

Liabilities

Derivatives at fair value through profit or loss

Derivatives used for hedging

Total liabilities

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$ millions

$ millions

$ millions

$ millions

–

–

–

–

–

7.5

7.5

0.2

55.6

55.8

–

–

–

–

–

7.5

7.5

0.2

55.6

55.8

Level 1

$ millions

Level 2

$ millions

Level 3

$ millions

Total

$ millions

–

–

–

–

–

26.8

26.8

1.8

6.2

8.0

–

–

–

–

–

26.8

26.8

1.8

6.2

8.0

118

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

30. Key management personnel disclosures

The following were key management personnel of the Group during the reporting period and unless otherwise indicated for the 
entire period:

DIRECTORS

Current Directors

Catherine Brenner  Non-Executive Director (appointed 15 September 2010)

Brian Clark 

Non-Executive Director

Eileen Doyle 

Non-Executive Director

Robert Every 

Chairman and Non-Executive Director

Richard Longes 

Non-Executive Director

John Marlay 

Non-Executive Director

Paul Rayner 

Non-Executive Director

Mark Selway 

Chief Executive

Former Director

Dr Roland Williams held the position of Non-Executive Director until 4 November 2010 on which date he retired from the Board.

EXECUTIVES

Current Executives

Ross Batstone 

Divisional Managing Director – Boral Building Products

Michael Beardsell 

Divisional Managing Director – Boral Cement

Michael Kane 

President and CEO Boral USA

Andrew Poulter 

Chief Financial Officer

Murray Read 

Divisional Managing Director – Boral Construction Materials

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION
The key management personnel compensation included in “employee benefits expense” in note 3 is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Long-term employee benefits

June 2010 comparatives include key management personnel for that year.

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

6,883.6

11,105.7

420.9

1,034.2

75.4

2,789.3

3,456.4

90.2

8,414.1

17,441.6

 119

30. Key management personnel disclosures (continued)

INDIVIDUAL DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVES’ COMPENSATION DISCLOSURES
Information regarding individual Directors’ and executives’ compensation is provided in the Remuneration Report section of the 
Directors’ Report.

LOANS TO KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
There were no loans made or outstanding to key management personnel.

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS
(i) Options provided as remuneration and shares issued on exercise of such options
Details of options provided as remuneration and shares issued on the exercise of such options, together with terms and conditions of 
the options, can be found in the Remuneration Report that forms part of the Directors’ Report.

(ii) Option holdings
The number of options (being executive options) over ordinary shares in Boral Limited held during the financial year by each Director of 
Boral Limited and each of the key management personnel of the Group are set out below:

Balance at the 
beginning of 
the year

Granted during 
the year as 
remuneration

Exercised 
during the year

Lapsed/ 
cancelled 
during the year

Balance at the 
end of the year

Vested and 
exercisable at 
end of the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Current Director

Mark Selway

Current Executives

Ross Batstone

Michael Beardsell

Michael Kane

Andrew Poulter

Murray Read a

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

–

–

351,470

351,470

131,500

131,500

–

–

–

–

146,400

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(53,970)

–

(18,400)

–

–

–

–

–

297,500

351,470

113,100

131,500

118,376

–

53,514

592

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(23,200)

123,200

51,114

a  Initial shareholding at the date of commencing as an executive included in key management personnel.

120

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

30. Key management personnel disclosures (continued)

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS (continued)

(ii) Option holdings (continued)
Shares provided on exercise of options
During the financial year, there were no shares issued on the exercise of options granted as compensation.

(iii) Share Acquisition Rights
The number of Share Acquisition Rights (SAR) in Boral Limited held during the financial year by each Director of Boral Limited and each 
of the key management personnel of the Group are set out below:

Balance at the 
beginning of 
the year

Rights granted 
during the year

Exercised 
during the year

Lapsed/ 
cancelled 
during the year

Balance at the 
end of the year

Vested and 
exercisable at 
end of the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Current Director

Mark Selway

Current Executives

Ross Batstone

Michael Beardsell

Michael Kane

Andrew Poulter

Murray Read a

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

431,034

–

303,819

431,034

–

–

236,100

153,637

98,218

59,688

–

–

–

–

147,569

(31,287)

82,463

98,672

38,530

78,717

–

21,701

–

–

(14,144)

–

–

–

–

–

91,430

125,000

(13,495)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

734,853

431,034

352,382

236,100

182,746

98,218

78,717

–

21,701

–

202,935

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

a  Initial holding at the date of commencing as an executive included in key management personnel.

 121

30. Key management personnel disclosures (continued)

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS (continued)
(iv) Share holdings
The number of shares held in Boral Limited during the financial year by each Director of Boral Limited and each of the key management 
personnel of the Group, including their personally related entities, are set out below:

Current Directors

Catherine Brenner b

Brian Clark

Eileen Doyle

Robert Every

Richard Longes

John Marlay

Paul Rayner

Mark Selway

Former Director

Roland Williams c

Balance at the 
beginning of 
the year

Received 
during the year 
on the exercise 
of options/ 
SARs

Allocation in 
Non-Executive 
Directors’ 
Share Plan a

Other changes 
during the year

Balance at the 
end of the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

2011

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

–

64,621

63,914

1,000

–

41,851

16,851

22,735

22,447

2,000

–

10,345

7,670

8,800

–

76,680

74,942

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5,000

7,316

707

234

1,000

28,370

25,000

4,990

288

2,781

2,000

17,811

2,675

13,064

8,800

5,641

1,738

5,000

71,937

64,621

1,234

1,000

70,221

41,851

27,725

22,735

4,781

2,000

28,156

10,345

21,864

8,800

82,321

76,680

a   Directors will only be entitled to a transfer of the shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plan.
b   Initial shareholding at the date of commencing as a Director included in key management personnel.
c   Shareholding at the date of ceasing to be a Director.

122

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

30. Key management personnel disclosures (continued)

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS (continued)

(iv) Share holdings (continued)

Balance at the 
beginning of 
the year

Received 
during the year 
on the exercise 
of options/
SARs

Other changes 
during the year

Balance at the 
end of the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Current Executives

Ross Batstone

Michael Beardsell

Michael Kane

Andrew Poulter

Murray Read a

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

561,991

561,991

60,685

60,685

–

–

–

–

31,287

112,399

–

–

14,144

12,137

705,677

561,991

86,966

60,685

–

–

–

–

–

10,000

10,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

181,495

13,495

36,299

231,289

a   Initial shareholding at the date of commencing as an executive included in key management personnel.

31. Auditors’ remuneration

Audit services:

KPMG Australia – audit and review of financial reports

Overseas KPMG firms – audit and review of financial reports

KPMG Australia – other assurance services

Other services:

KPMG Australia – taxation services

KPMG Australia – due diligence

KPMG Australia – other

Overseas KPMG firms – due diligence

Overseas KPMG firms – taxation services

CONSOLIDATED

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

1,428

445

90

1,963

115

530

8

1,127

95

1,875

3,838

1,395

461

185

2,041

148

515

10

59

161

893

2,934

32. Acquisition/disposal of controlled entities

The following controlled entities were acquired or disposed of during the financial year ended 30 June 2011:

Entities acquired:

MonierLifetile

Owens Corning Masonry Products LLC

Wagners’ Deposit

Miscellaneous acquisitions

Less: Cash acquired

Total purchase consideration

 123

CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

88.3

44.2

17.3

2.4

(6.2)

146.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

Acquisition-related costs in respect of these acquisitions of $1.9 million are included in other expenses in the income statement for the 
current year.

i. MonierLifetile
During July 2010, the Group acquired the remaining 50% interest in MonierLifetile LLC, MonierLifetile S.R.L. de C.V. and Tile Service 
Company LLC (“MonierLifetile”).

At 30 June 2010, the Group held an initial 50% interest in MonierLifetile that was recorded as an equity accounted investment. On 
acquisition of the remaining 50% of MonierLifetile this initial investment was remeasured to fair value in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards.

Carrying value of equity accounted investment as at acquisition date

Carrying value of loans to associates as at acquisition date

Fair value of investment as at acquisition date

The acquisition had the following effect on the Group’s assets and liabilities at acquisition date:

Purchase consideration

Cash paid – purchase price

Total purchase consideration

Fair value of net identifiable assets acquired

$ millions

36.2

52.1

88.3

88.3

$ millions

88.3

88.3

88.3

124

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

32. Acquisition/disposal of controlled entities (continued)

i. MonierLifetile (continued)
Assets and liabilities acquired are as follows:

CURRENT ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Inventories

Other assets

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Other

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Payables

Provisions

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Payables

Provisions

Net identifiable assets acquired

Equity accounted investment

Loan to MonierLifetile

Total purchase consideration

Acquiree’s 
carrying 
amount
$ millions

Fair value
$ millions

4.2

12.8

20.4

0.6

4.2

12.0

20.0

0.6

160.3

162.4

1.9

0.1

–

0.5

(17.0)

(1.9)

(1.4)

(3.6)

1.4

0.1

1.4

0.1

(18.9)

(1.9)

(1.4)

(3.4)

176.9

176.6

(36.2)

(52.1)

88.3

During the period from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2011, MonierLifetile has contributed revenue of $76.7 million and a loss before interest 
and tax of $21.6 million.

 125

32. Acquisition/disposal of controlled entities (continued)

ii. Cultured Stone acquisition
At the end of December 2010, the Group acquired a 50% controlling interest in Owens Corning Masonry Products LLC (“Cultured 
Stone”), a stone veneer producer in the United States. Under the terms of the agreement, the acquisition of Owens Corning Masonry 
Products LLC will occur in two stages:

–   an initial acquisition of a 50% controlling interest for US$45 million in December 2010;

–   followed by the acquisition of the remaining 50% membership interest for a payment equal to a multiple of 7.0 times 50% of 

calendar year 2013 EBITDA, subject to a minimum payment of US$45 million. The present value of the expected payment has been 
recognised as a liability.

Cultured Stone is the leading stone veneer producer in the United States, with plants in California and South Carolina. Its key products, 
Cultured Stone, ProStone and Versetta Stone, are sold through distributors across the United States and Canada. This acquisition 
enables Boral to expand its range of product offerings in the cladding sector. The transaction provides Boral with Board control and 
management control of operations.

During the period from acquisition to 30 June 2011, Cultured Stone has contributed revenue of $36.2 million and a loss before interest 
and tax of $9.8 million. The Group considers it impractical to determine the consolidated revenue or profit of the Group had this 
business acquisition taken place at 1 July 2010 as the entity’s accounting policies and reporting period were not consistent with those 
adopted by the Group.

The acquisition had the following effect on the Group’s assets and liabilities at acquisition date:

Purchase consideration

Cash paid – purchase price

Total purchase consideration

Fair value of net identifiable assets acquired

Assets and liabilities acquired are as follows:

CURRENT ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Inventories

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Payables

Provisions

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Provisions

Net identifiable assets acquired

Less: Non-controlling interest

Total purchase consideration

$ millions

44.2

44.2

44.2

Acquiree’s 
carrying 
amount
$ millions

Fair value
$ millions

2.0

7.1

37.7

53.2

–

(4.2)

–

–

95.8

2.0

6.1

30.0

45.7

11.3

(5.7)

(0.5)

(0.4)

88.5

(44.3)

44.2

The Group elected to recognise the non-controlling interest in Cultured Stone at its proportionate share of the acquired net 
identifiable assets.

126

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

32. Acquisition/disposal of controlled entities (continued)

iii. Wagners’ Construction Materials assets
During April 2011, an agreement was reached to acquire certain construction materials assets of the Wagners’ Group for $173 million 
subject to the approval of the transaction by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission. This acquisition will include five 
quarries and 19 concrete plants located throughout the Darling Downs, South East Queensland and Townsville regions and fly ash 
interests in the Darling Downs. The transaction is expected to be completed in the second half of calendar 2011.

The acquisition had the following effect on the Group’s assets and liabilities as at 30 June 2011.

Purchase consideration

Cash paid – deposit

Entities disposed:

$ millions

17.3

Consideration 
received
$ millions

Interest 
disposed
%

Date
of disposal

Boral Formwork and Scaffolding Pty Ltd

33.9

100

Sep 2010

Entities deregistered:

Leo N. Dunn & Sons Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Concrite Holdings Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Name changes during the financial period:
Blue Circle Southern Cement Ltd

Girotto Precast Pty Ltd

Go Crete Pty Ltd

Midland Brick Company Pty Ltd

Owens Corning Masonry Products LLC

Sawmillers Exports Pty Ltd

Date of loss of control

Feb 2011

Feb 2011

to

to

to

to

to

to

Boral Cement Limited

Boral Precast Holdings Pty Ltd

Boral Construction Related Businesses Pty Ltd

Boral Bricks Western Australia Pty Ltd

Boral Stone Products LLC

Boral Timber Fibre Exports Pty Ltd

The following controlled entities were acquired or disposed of during the financial year ended 30 June 2010:

Entities acquired:
There were no material acquisitions of entities during the reporting period.

Entities deregistered:

Australian Chemical Company Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Boral B Products Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Boral Concrete Products Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Boral Windows Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Erinbrook Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Hi-Quality Concrete Industries Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Mainland Cement Pty Limited (in liquidation)

Mount Lyell Investments Ltd (in liquidation)

Date of loss of control

Mar 2010

Mar 2010

Mar 2010

Mar 2010

Mar 2010

Mar 2010

Mar 2010

Mar 2010

 127

33. Controlled entities

The financial statements of the following entities have been consolidated to determine the results of the consolidated entity.

                                Beneficial ownership by

Boral Limited

Boral Cement Limited > *

Barnu Pty Ltd *

Boral Building Materials Pty Ltd > *

Boral International Pty Ltd > *

PT Jaya Readymix

PT Pion Quarry Nusantara

PT Boral Pipe and Precast Indonesia

PT Boral Indonesia

MJI (Thailand) Ltd

Boral Concrete (Thailand) Ltd

Boral Quarry Products (Thailand) Ltd

Ratchiburi Enterprise Company Ltd

Boral USA <

Boral International Holdings Inc.

Boral Asia Pacific Pte Ltd

Boral Building Services Pte Ltd

Boral Construction Materials LLC

Ready Mixed Concrete Company

Boral Best Block LLC

Sprat-Platte Ranch Co. LLLP

Morton Lakes LLC

Aggregate Investments LLC

BCM Oklahoma LLC

McCanne Ditch and Reservoir Company

Boral Industries Inc.

Boral Finance Inc.

Boral Timber Inc.

Boral Lifetile Inc.

Boral Concrete Tile Inc.

MonierLifetile LLC ***

Country of 
incorporation

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Indonesia

Indonesia

Indonesia

Indonesia

Thailand

Thailand

Thailand

Thailand

USA

USA

Singapore

Singapore

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

MonierLifetile S.R.L. de C.V. ***

Mexico

E.U.M. Teja de Concreto Servicio Compania S.R.L. de C.V. *** Mexico

Tile Service Company LLC ***

United States Tile Co.

Boral Tile LLC

Boral Bricks Inc.

Boral Bricks Holdings Inc.

Boral Bricks of Texas LP

Boral Benefits Management Inc.

Dennis Brick Distributors

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

Consolidated 
entity
2011
%

Consolidated 
entity
2010
%

100

100

100

100

90

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

89.47

50

100

100

100

100

90

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

–

–

–

–

100

100

100

100

100

89.47

50

128

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

33. Controlled entities (continued)

                                Beneficial ownership by

Country of 
incorporation

Consolidated 
entity
2011
%

Consolidated 
entity
2010
%

Boral Composites Inc.

Boral Material Technologies Inc.

BMT Holdings Inc.

Boral Material Technologies of Texas LP

Boral Stone LLC ***

Boral Stone Products LLC ***

Boral (UK) Ltd

Boral Investments Ltd

Boral Investments BV

Boral Industrie GmbH

Boral Keramik Wand Und Boden GmbH

Boral Mecklenburger Ziegel GmbH

Boral Industries Ltd

Boral Building Products (NZ) Ltd

Boral Australian Gypsum Ltd > *

Waratah Gypsum Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Boral Plaster Fixing Pty Ltd *

Lympike Pty Ltd *

Boral Investments Pty Ltd > *

Boral Construction Materials Ltd > *

Boral Resources (WA) Ltd > *

Boral Contracting Pty Ltd *

Boral Construction Related Businesses Pty Ltd > *

Boral Resources (Vic) Pty Ltd > *

Bayview Quarries Pty Ltd *

Boral Resources (Qld) Pty Ltd > *

Allen’s Asphalt Pty Ltd > *

Boral Resources (NSW) Pty Ltd > *

Dunmore Sand & Soil Pty Ltd *

Boral Recycling Pty Ltd > *

De Martin & Gasparini Pty Ltd > *

De Martin & Gasparini Concrete Placers Pty Ltd *

De Martin & Gasparini Pumping Pty Ltd *

De Martin & Gasparini Contractors Pty Ltd *

Boral Precast Holdings Pty Ltd > *

Boral Construction Materials Group Ltd > *

Concrite Pty Ltd > *

Concrite Holdings Pty Ltd (in liquidation) **

Boral Resources (SA) Ltd > *

Bitumax Pty Ltd > *

Road Surfaces Group Pty Ltd > *

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

UK

Jersey

Netherlands

Germany

Germany

Germany

NZ

NZ

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

100

100

100

100

100

50

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

–

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

–

–

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

 129

33. Controlled entities (continued)

                                Beneficial ownership by

Country of 
incorporation

Consolidated 
entity
2011
%

Consolidated 
entity
2010
%

Boral Formwork and Scaffolding Pty Ltd ****

Alsafe Premix Concrete Pty Ltd > *

Boral Transport Ltd > *

Leo N. Dunn & Sons Pty Ltd (in liquidation) **

Boral Corporate Services Pty Ltd

Bitupave Ltd > *

Boral Resources (Country) Pty Ltd > *

MLOP Pty Ltd (in liquidation)

Bayview Pty Ltd *

Dandenong Quarries Pty Ltd *

Boral Insurance Pty Ltd

Boral Johns Perry Ltd (in liquidation)

Allen Taylor & Company Ltd > *

Oberon Softwood Holdings Pty Ltd > *

Duncan’s Holding Ltd > *

Boral Bricks Pty Ltd > *

Boral Masonry Ltd > *

Boral Hollostone Masonry (South Aust) Pty Ltd > *

Boral Montoro Pty Ltd > *

Boral Windows Systems Ltd > *

Dowell Australia Ltd (in liquidation)

Boral Timber Fibre Exports Pty Ltd > *

Boral Shared Business Services Pty Ltd > *

Boral Building Products Ltd > *

Boral Bricks Western Australia Pty Ltd > *

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

–

100

100

–

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

 Granted relief by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission from specified accounting requirements in accordance with Class Order (refer to note 36).
 Entered into cross guarantee with Boral Limited (refer to note 37).
 Deregistered during the year.
 Acquired during the year.
 Disposed during the year.
 A Delaware general partnership.

> 
* 
** 
*** 
**** 
< 
All the shares held by Boral Limited in controlled entities are ordinary shares.

130

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

34. Related party disclosures

CONTROLLED ENTITIES
Interests held in controlled entities are set out in note 33.

ASSOCIATED ENTITIES
Interests held in associated entities are set out in note 12. The business activities of a number of these entities are conducted under 
joint venture arrangements. Associated entities conduct business transactions with various controlled entities. Such transactions include 
purchases and sales of certain products, dividends and interest. All such transactions are conducted on the basis of normal commercial 
terms and conditions.

DIRECTOR TRANSACTIONS WITH THE GROUP
Transactions entered into during the year with Directors of Boral Limited and the Group are within normal employee, customer or 
supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances on an arm’s length basis 
and include:

–    receipt of dividends from Boral Limited;

–   participation in the Boral Long Term Incentive Plan;

–   terms and conditions of employment;

–   reimbursement of expenses;

–   purchases of goods and services.

A number of Directors of the Company hold directorships in other entities. Several of these entities transacted with the Group on terms 
and conditions no more favourable than those available on an arm’s length basis.

 131

            CONSOLIDATED

Note

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

9

561.2

561.2

157.0

157.0

165.4

(89.3)

245.0

4.1

(30.0)

73.9

(33.4)

5.8

(14.3)

416.5

(39.9)

(33.5)

58.9

(58.8)

7.5

350.7

252.6

2.9

(16.9)

247.9

–

8.9

48.1

454.2

(27.4)

18.3

33.5

(40.5)

21.0

459.1

35. Notes to cash flow statement

(i) 

 Cash includes cash on hand, at bank and short-term deposits at call, net of 
outstanding bank overdrafts. Cash as at the end of the year as shown in the cash 
flow statement is reconciled to the related items in the balance sheet as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents

(ii)  Reconciliation of net profit/(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

Net profit/(loss)

Adjustments for non-cash items:

Depreciation and amortisation

Discount unwinding

Gain on sale of assets

Impairment of assets, businesses and demolition costs

Net insurance proceeds

Share-based payment expense

Non-cash equity income

Net cash provided by operating activities before change in assets and liabilities

Changes in assets and liabilities net of effects from acquisitions/disposals

–  Receivables

–  Inventories

–  Payables

–  Provisions

–  Other

Net cash provided by operating activities

(iii) 

 The following non-cash financing and investing activities have not been included in the 
cash flow statement:

Dividends reinvested under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

53.1

31.9

(iv) Details of credit standby arrangements and loan facilities are included in note 28.

132

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

For the year ended 30 June

36. Parent entity disclosures

RESULT OF THE PARENT ENTITY

Profit after tax

Other comprehensive income after tax

Total comprehensive income for the period

FINANCIAL POSITION OF PARENT ENTITY

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

PARENT ENTITY CONTINGENCIES

Details of contingent liabilities and contingent assets where the probability of future  
payments/receipts is not considered remote are set out below.

Unsecured contingent liabilities:

Bank guarantees

            BORAL LIMITED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

111.8

0.1

111.9

6,858.2

553.5

7,411.7

3,628.5

505.6

4,134.1

69.0

7.4

76.4

6,428.7

568.5

6,997.2

3,565.5

703.6

4,269.1

3,277.6

2,728.1

2,261.3

1,724.0

38.3

978.0

38.1

966.0

3,277.6

2,728.1

3.9

8.4

The Company has given to its bankers letters of responsibility in respect of accommodation provided from time to time by the banks 
to controlled entities.

Certain entities within the Company are subject to various lawsuits and claims in the ordinary course of business.

Consistent with other companies of the size and diversity of Boral, the Company is the subject of periodic information requests, 
investigations and audit activity by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) and taxation authorities in other jurisdictions in which 
Boral operates.

The Company has considered all of the above claims and, where appropriate, sought independent advice and believes it holds 
appropriate provisions.

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts of its subsidiaries
Under the terms of ASIC Class Order 98/1418, certain wholly owned controlled entities have been granted relief from the requirement 
to prepare audited financial reports. The Company has entered into an approved deed of indemnity for the cross-guarantee of liabilities 
with those controlled entities identified in note 33.

Parent entity capital commitments
The parent entity does not have any capital commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment at 30 June 2011 (2010: Nil).

 133

37. Deed of cross guarantee

The following consolidated statement of comprehensive income and balance sheet comprises Boral Limited and its controlled entities 
which are party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee (refer to note 33), after eliminating all transactions between parties to the Deed.

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Continuing operations

Revenue

Profit before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Profit from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (net of income tax)

Net profit

Other comprehensive income

Actuarial gain on defined benefit plans

Exchange differences from translation of foreign operations taken to equity

Fair value adjustment on cash flow hedges

Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Attributable to:

Members of the parent entity

Non-controlling interest

Reconciliation of movements in retained earnings

Balance at the beginning of the year

Net profit attributable to members of the parent entity

Dividends recognised during the year

Actuarial gains on defined benefit plans, net of tax

Balance at the end of the year

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

4,015.2

3,893.5

518.8

(146.6)

372.2

1.9

374.1

1.8

(31.6)

1.1

(0.9)

344.5

344.5

–

344.5

203.6

(75.4)

128.2

(71.8)

56.4

0.5

11.6

10.7

(3.4)

75.8

75.8

–

75.8

1,365.5

1,383.1

374.1

(101.0)

1.3

56.4

(74.3)

0.3

1,639.9

1,365.5

134

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

37. Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

BALANCE SHEET

CURRENT ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Inventories

Other

Assets classified as held for sale

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Receivables

Inventories

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Other financial assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Other

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

TOTAL ASSETS

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Payables

Loans and borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Liabilities classified as held for sale

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Payables

Loans and borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

EQUITY

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

TOTAL EQUITY

            CONSOLIDATED

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

497.5

680.3

466.8

77.7

–

114.7

636.5

449.6

55.8

59.5

1,722.3

1,316.1

3.3

93.5

240.2

2,289.0

2,350.3

114.2

46.7

5,137.2

6,859.5

12.9

87.6

258.5

2,294.4

2,309.9

112.6

61.7

5,137.6

6,453.7

1,360.6

1,534.3

147.2

121.5

197.3

–

16.4

101.1

220.0

9.9

1,826.6

1,881.7

68.2

854.0

162.2

81.4

1,165.8

2,992.4

22.1

1,272.1

120.1

73.0

1,487.3

3,369.0

3,867.1

3,084.7

2,261.3

1,724.0

(34.1)

1,639.9

3,867.1

(4.8)

1,365.5

3,084.7

 135

38. Subsequent events

(i) Sunshine Coast Quarries acquisition
On 19 July 2011, the Group announced it has reached an agreement to acquire the quarry and concrete assets of Sunshine Coast 
Quarries, including a large scale quarry at Moy Pocket, a smaller quarry at Wondai and a concrete plant at Gympie on a cash free, debt 
free basis for consideration of $81.5 million.

Completion remains subject to clearance from the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission on terms acceptable to Boral, 
and the finalisation of certain procedural issues. The transaction is expected to be completed in the second half of calendar 2011.

(ii) Lafarge Boral Gypsum in Asia Sdn Bhd acquisition
Subsequent to year end, the Group announced that it had reached an agreement with Lafarge to acquire the remaining 50% 
shareholding in Lafarge Boral Gypsum in Asia Sdn Bhd (LBGA) for consideration of €429 million (A$598 million) on an enterprise basis, 
€380 million (A$530 million) after adjusting for net debt and non-controlling interests. Existing debt facilities will be used to fund the 
acquisition. As part of the acquisition, the Group will be required to fair value its existing equity investment in LBGA.

136

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

STATUTORY STATEMENTS
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

Directors’ Declaration

1.   In the opinion of the Directors of Boral Limited:

(a)   the consolidated financial statements and notes set out on pages 64 to 135 and the Remuneration Report in the Directors’ 

Report, set out on pages 48 to 62, are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i) 

 giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2011 and of its performance for the financial year 
ended on that date; and

(ii)   complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001;

(b)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Group will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

2.   There are reasonable grounds to believe that Boral Limited and the controlled entities identified in note 33 will be able to meet any 
obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between Boral Limited 
and those controlled entities pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418.

3.   The Directors have been given the declarations required by section 295A of  the Corporations Act 2001 from the chief executive and 

chief financial officer for the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

4.   The Directors draw attention to note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, which includes a statement of compliance with 

International Financial Reporting Standards.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors:

Bob Every 
Director

Mark Selway 
Director

Sydney, 5 September 2011

 
 
 
 
 
 
 137

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Boral Limited

Report on the Financial Report
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Boral Limited (“the Company”), which comprises the consolidated balance sheet 
as at 30 June 2011, and consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement 
of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended on that date, notes 1 to 38 comprising a summary of 
significant accounting policies and other explanatory information and the Directors’ Declaration of the Group comprising the Company 
and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report 
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the Directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement whether due to fraud or error. In 
note 1, the Directors also state, in accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, 
that the financial statements of the Group comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards. These auditing standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit 
engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material 
misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The 
procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the 
financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the 
entity’s preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in 
the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also 
includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the 
Directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report. 

We performed the procedures to assess whether in all material respects the financial report presents fairly, in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001 and Australian Accounting Standards, a true and fair view which is consistent with our understanding of the 
Group’s financial position and of its performance. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Independence
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion:

(a)   the financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:  

(i) 

 giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2011 and of its performance for the year ended on 
that date; and 

(ii)   complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001;

(b)   the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 1. 

Report on the Remuneration Report
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in clause 19 of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 30 June 2011. 
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with 
section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our 
audit conducted in accordance with auditing standards.

Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Boral Limited for the year ended 30 June 2011 complies with section 300A of the 
Corporations Act 2001.

KPMG 

Sydney, 5 September 2011

Greg Boydell 
Partner

 
 
 
 
 
138

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

Shareholder communications
Enquiries or notifications by shareholders 
regarding their shareholdings or dividends 
should be directed to Boral’s share registry:

Link Market Services Limited 
Locked Bag A14 
Sydney South NSW 1235 Australia

Hand deliveries to: 
Level 12, 680 George Street, 
Sydney NSW 2000

Telephone (02) 8280 7133 
International +61 2 8280 7133 
Facsimile (02) 9287 0303 
International +61 2 9287 0303

Shareholders can also send questions to the 
share registry via email. 
Internet 
www.linkmarketservices.com.au 
email 
boral@linkmarketservices.com.au

Online services
You can access information and 
update information about your holdings 
in Boral Limited via the Internet by 
visiting Link Market Services’ website 
www.linkmarketservices.com.au or  
Boral’s website www.boral.com.au

Some of the services available online include: 
check current and previous holding balances, 
choose your preferred Annual Report option, 
update address details, update bank details, 
confirm whether you have lodged your TFN, 
ABN or exemption, check the share prices 
and graphs or download a variety of forms.

Dividends
The final dividend for the 2010/11 year of 7.0 
cents per share will be paid by Boral on 27 
September 2011. The dividend will be  
fully franked.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP)
As an alternative to receiving cash dividends, 
shareholders may elect to participate in 
the DRP. The DRP enables shareholders 
to use cash dividends to acquire additional 
fully paid Boral shares. If a shareholder 
wishes to participate in the DRP or alter 
their participation, they must notify the share 
registry in writing. DRP election forms can be 
obtained by contacting Link Market Services. 
Features of the DRP can be found on  
Boral’s website.

Tax File Number (TFN), Australian 
Business Number (ABN) or exemption
You are strongly advised to lodge your TFN, 
ABN or exemption. If you choose not to 

lodge these details with the share registry, 
then Boral Limited is obliged to deduct 
tax at the highest marginal rate (plus the 
Medicare levy) from the unfranked portion of 
any dividend payment. Certain pensioners 
are exempt from supplying their TFNs. You 
can confirm whether you have lodged your 
TFN, ABN or exemption via the Internet at 
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Shareholders are reminded to bank dividend 
cheques as soon as possible. Dividend 
cheques that are not banked are required to 
be handed over to the Chief Commissioner 
of State Revenue under the Unclaimed 
Money Act 1995.

If you wish your dividends to be paid 
directly to a bank, building society or credit 
union account in Australia or New Zealand, 
contact the share registry or visit their 
website at www.linkmarketservices.com.au 
for an application form. The payments 
are electronically credited on the dividend 
payment date and confirmed by payment 
advices mailed to the shareholder’s registered 
address. All instructions received remain in 
force until amended or cancelled in writing.

Boral is planning to introduce direct credit as 
the preferred means of paying dividends in the 
future, moving away from paying dividends 
by cheque for shareholders with registered 
addresses in Australia and New Zealand. This 
is expected to be effective from the 2012 
interim dividend payment (expected to be paid 
in March 2012), and further information will be 
provided to shareholders in due course.

Uncertificated forms of shareholding
Two forms of uncertificated holdings are 
available to Boral shareholders:

Issuer Sponsored Holdings: This type of 
holding is sponsored by Boral and provides 
shareholders with the advantages of 
uncertificated holdings without the need to be 
sponsored by any particular stockbroker.

Broker Sponsored Holdings (CHESS): 
Shareholders may arrange to be sponsored 
by a stockbroker (or certain other financial 
institutions) and are required to sign a 
sponsorship agreement appointing the 
sponsor as their “controlling participant” for 
the purposes of CHESS. This type of holding 
is likely to attract regular stock market traders 
or those shareholders who have their share 
portfolio managed by a stockbroker.

Holding statements are issued to shareholders 
not later than five business days after the end 
of any month in which transactions alter the 

balance of a holding. Shareholders requiring 
replacement holding statements should be 
directed to their controlling participant.

Shareholders communicating with the 
share registry should have to hand their 
Securityholder Reference Number (SRN) 
or Holder Identification Number (HIN) as it 
appears on the Issuer Sponsored/CHESS 
holding statements or dividend advices. For 
security reasons, shareholders should keep 
their Securityholder Reference Numbers 
confidential.

Annual report mailing list
Shareholders (whether Issuer or Broker 
Sponsored) not wishing to receive the Annual 
Report should advise the share registry in 
writing so that their names can be removed 
from the mailing list. Shareholders are also able 
to update their preference via the Link Market 
Services or Boral websites, and can nominate 
to receive email notification of the release of the 
Annual Report and then access it via a link. The 
share registry can provide forms for making 
annual report delivery elections.

While companies are not required to send 
annual reports to shareholders other than 
those who have elected to receive them, any 
shareholder who has not made an election is 
sent an easy-to-read summary of the Annual 
Report, called the Shareholder Review.

Change of address
Shareholders who are Issuer Sponsored 
should notify any change of address to the 
share registry promptly. This can be done 
via the Link Market Services website or in 
writing quoting their Securityholder Reference 
Number, previous address and new address. 
Application forms for Change of Address 
are also available for download via the Link 
Market Services or Boral websites. Broker 
Sponsored (CHESS) holders must advise 
their sponsoring broker of the change.

Information on Boral
Boral has a comprehensive Internet site 
featuring news items, announcements, 
corporate information and a wide range of 
product and service information. Boral’s 
Internet address is www.boral.com.au

The Annual Report is the main source of 
information for shareholders. Other sources  
of information include:

February – the interim results announcement 
for the December half year. 
August – the annual results announcement for 
the year ended 30 June. 
November – the Annual General Meeting. 

 139

that it and its associates were entitled to 36,694,141 ordinary shares.

Commonwealth Bank of Australia, by a notice of change of interests of substantial holder dated 
15 April 2011, advised that it and its associates were entitled to 52,741,825 ordinary shares.

Ausbil Dexia Limited, by a notice of change of interests of substantial holder dated 9 November 
2010, advised that it and its associates were entitled to 44,499,371 ordinary shares.

Distribution schedule of shareholders as at 26 August 2011

Size of shareholding

(a)  in the categories –

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5,000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 and over

Number of 
shareholders

% of ordinary 
shares

       37,764 

30,523 

         5,463 

3,139 

136 

       77,025 

2.35

9.62

5.29

8.86

 73.88

100.00 

0.05

(b)  holding less than a marketable parcel (138 shares)

7,525

Voting rights – ordinary shares
On a show of hands, every person present, who is a member or proxy, attorney or 
representative of a member, shall have one vote and on a poll every member who is 
present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative shall have one vote for each 
share held by him or her.

On-market buy-back
There is no current on-market buy-back of ordinary shares.

Twenty largest shareholders as at 26 August 2011

1 HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

2 National Nominees Limited

3 JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

4 Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

5 Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

6 Warbont Nominees Pty Limited

7 PSS Board

8

 RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia  
Nominees Pty Limited

9 Queensland Investment Corporation

10 Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited

11 CSFB Fourth Nominees Pty Limited

12 AMP Life Limited

13

The Senior Master of the Supreme Court 
(Common Fund No 3 A/C)

14 Argo Investments Limited

15 Equitas Nominees Pty Limited

16

 UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees  
Pty Limited

17 Bond Street Custodians Limited

18 Invia Custodian Pty Limited

19 Milton Corporation Limited

20 FETA Nominees Pty Limited

Ordinary shares

135,258,086 

124,746,922 

99,505,154 

60,918,250 

19,927,631 

15,377,460 

10,232,553 

9,098,357 

7,727,962 

4,638,492 

4,230,259 

3,840,300 

3,294,474 

3,266,907 

2,781,172 

1,947,572 

1,920,668 

1,718,255 

1,627,462

1,503,422 

% of ordinary  

shares

18.53

17.09

13.63

8.35

2.73

2.11

1.40

1.25

1.06

0.64

0.58

0.53

0.45

0.45

0.38

0.27

0.26

0.24

0.22

0.21

Requests for publications and other enquiries 
about Boral’s affairs should be addressed to:

Corporate Affairs Manager 
Boral Limited 
GPO Box 910 
Sydney NSW 2001

Enquiries can also be made via  email: 
info@boral.com.au or visit Boral’s website at 
www.boral.com.au

Share trading and price
Boral shares are traded on the Australian 
Securities Exchange Limited (ASX). The 
stock code under which they are traded is 
“BLD” and the details of trading activity are 
published in most daily newspapers under 
that abbreviation.

Share sale facility
A means for Issuer Sponsored shareholders, 
particularly small shareholders, to sell their 
entire Boral shareholding is to use the share 
registry’s sale facility by contacting Link 
Market Services’ Share Sale Centre on 
(02) 8280 7133.

American depositary receipts (ADRs)
In the USA, Boral shares are traded in the 
over-the-counter market in the form of ADRs 
issued by the depositary, The Bank of New 
York. Each ADR represents four ordinary 
Boral shares.

Share information as at 26 August 2011
Substantial shareholders
UBS AG, by a notice of initial substantial 
holder dated 30 August 2011, advised 
that it and its associates were entitled 
to 40,476,350 ordinary shares (effective 
26 August 2011).

National Australia Bank Limited, by a notice 
of change of interests of substantial holder 
dated 30 August 2011, advised that it and 
its associates were entitled to 63,345,673 
ordinary shares (effective 25 August 2011).

Franklin Resources Inc., by a notice of 
change of interests of substantial holder 
dated 15 August 2011, advised that it and 
its associates were entitled to 67,022,531 
ordinary shares.

Prudential plc, by a notice of change of 
interests of substantial holder dated 30 June 
2011, advised that it and its associates were 
entitled to 50,591,949 ordinary shares.

Schroder Investment Management Australia 
Limited, by a notice of initial substantial 
holder released 18 April 2011, advised 

 
 
 
 
 
140

Boral Limited Annual Report 2011

FINANCIAL HISTORY
Boral Limited and Controlled Entities

30 June

Revenue

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation (EBITDA) 1

Depreciation and amortisation

Earnings before interest and tax 1

Net financing costs 1

Profit before tax 1

Income tax expense 1

Non-controlling interest

Net profit after tax 1

Significant items – net of tax

Net profit attributable to members of  
Boral Limited

Total assets

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ funds

Net debt

Funds employed

Dividends paid or declared

Statistics

Dividend per ordinary share 

Dividend payout ratio 1

Dividend cover 1

2011
$ millions

2010
$ millions

2009
$ millions

2008
$ millions

2007
$ millions

2006
$ millions

2005
$ millions

2004
$ millions

2003
$ millions

2002
$ millions

4,711

4,599

4,875

5,199

4,909

4,767

4,305

4,150

3,831

3,489

522

245

277

(64)

213

(40)

 2 

175

(8)

505

253

252

(97)

155

(22)

(1) 

132

(222)

539

263

276

(127)

149

(17)

–

131

 11 

688

240

448

(112)

336

(90)

 1 

247

(4) 

762

231

531

(111)

420

(122)

 – 

298

–

823

209

614

(98)

516

794

191

603

(71)

532

794

195

600

(66)

534

672

194

478

(68)

410

(153)

(162)

(163)

(126)

 – 

362

–

(1) 

(1) 

(1) 

370

–

370

–

283

–

531

188

343

(63)

280

(87)

 – 

192

–

168

(91)

142

243

298

362

370

370

283

192

5,668

2,512

3,156

3,156

505

3,662

105

5,209

2,583

2,626

2,626

1,183

3,809

88

5,491

2,738

2,754

2,754

1,514

4,268

77

5,895

2,985

2,910

2,910

1,515

4,425

202

5,817

2,829

2,987

2,987

1,482

4,470

203

5,587

2,832

2,755

2,755

1,578

4,333

200

5,001

2,594

2,407

2,407

1,394

3,800

197

4,511

2,151

2,360

2,360

4,038

1,898

2,140

2,140

3,915

1,966

1,950

1,950

938

764

881

3,298

2,904

2,831

175

133

109

14.5c

13.5c

60% 67%

1.7

1.5

13c

59%

1.7

34c

82%

1.2

34c

68%

1.5

34c

55%

1.8

34c

53%

1.9

30c

47%

2.1

23c

47%

2.1

19c

57%

1.8

Earnings per ordinary share 1

24.4c

22.1c

22.2c

41.4c

50.0c

61.7c

63.4c

63.8c

49.1c

33.7c

Return on equity 1

EBIT to sales 1

EBIT to funds employed 1

Net interest cover (times) 1

Gearing (net debt to equity)

5.6% 5.0% 4.8% 8.5% 10.0% 13.2% 15.4% 15.7% 13.2% 9.9%

5.9% 5.5% 5.7% 8.6% 10.8% 12.9% 14.0% 14.4% 12.5% 9.8%

7.6% 6.6% 6.5% 10.1% 11.9% 14.2% 15.9% 18.2% 16.4% 12.1%

4.4

2.6

16% 45%

2.2

55%

35%

4.0

52%

34%

4.8

50%

33%

6.3

57%

36%

8.5

58%

37%

9.1

40%

28%

7.1

36%

26%

5.4

45%

31%

Gearing (net debt to net debt plus equity)

14% 31%

Net tangible asset backing per share

$3.91

$3.92

$4.12

$4.41

$4.41

$4.07

$3.57

$3.65

$3.27

$3.02

1.  Excludes the impact of significant items in 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008. 
Results for the years ended 2005 to 2011 have been prepared under Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (A-IFRS).  The years prior to June 
2005 represent results under previous Australian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (AGAAP).
Figures may not add due to roundings.

The Annual General Meeting of Boral Limited will be held at the City Recital Hall, Angel Place, 
Sydney on Thursday 3 November 2011 at 10.30am. 

Financial calendar

Ex dividend share trading commences 

Record date for final dividend 

Final dividend payable 

Annual General Meeting 

Half year 

Half year profit announcement 

Ex dividend share trading commences 

Record date for interim dividend 

Interim dividend payable 

Year end 

* Timing of events is subject to change.

23 August 2011

29 August 2011

27 September 2011

3 November 2011

31 December 2011

8 February 2012*

17 February 2012*

23 February 2012*

23 March 2012*

30 June 2012